| Location: Saratoga Springs,UT, Member Since: Jan 31, 2008 Gender: Male Goal Type: Local Elite Running Accomplishments: 2016 Finished 12 100-milers during the year. 86 career 100-mile finishes, 9th in the world. First person to do 6 consecutive summits of Mount Timpanogos. Won Crooked Road 24-hour race. Achieved the 5th, 6th, and 8th fastest 100-mile times in the world for runners age 57+ for the year.
2013 First person to bag the six highest Wasatch peaks in one day. First and only person to do a Kings Peak double (highest peak in Utah). I've now accomplished it four times.
2010 - Overall first place Across the Years 48-hour run (187 miles), Overall first place Pony Express Traill 100.
2009 - Utah State Grand Masters 5K champion (Road Runners Club of America). National 100-mile Grand Masters Champion (Road Runners Club of America). USATF 100-mile National Champion for age 50-54.
2006 - Set record of five consecutive Timpanogos Summits ("A record for the criminally insane") See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=42
2007 - Summited 7 Utah 13-ers in one day. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=14
Only person to have finished nine different 100-mile races in Utah: Wasatch, Bear, Moab, Pony Express Trail, Buffalo Run, Salt Flats, Bryce, Monument Valley, Capitol Reef.
PRs - all accomplished when over 50 years old
5K - 19:51 - 2010 Run to Walk 5K
10K - 42:04 - 2010 Smile Center
1/2 Marathon: 1:29:13 - 2011 Utah Valley
Marathon - 3:23:43 - 2010 Ogden Marathon
50K - 4:38 - 2010 Across the Years split
50-mile - 8:07 - 2010 Across the Years split
100K - 10:49 - 2010 Across The Years split
12-hours 67.1 miles - 2010 Across The Years split
100-mile 19:40 - 2011 Across the Years split
24-hours 117.8 miles - 2011 Across the Years split
48-hours 187.033 miles - 2010 Across the Years Long-Term Running Goals: I would like to keep running ultras into my 60s. Personal: Details at: http://www.crockettclan.org/ultras/ultracrockett.pdf Married with six kids and six grandchildren. Started running at the age of 46 in 2004. My first race since Junior High days was a 50K. I skipped the shorter road stuff and went straight to ultramarathons. I started as a back-of-the packer, but have progressed to a top-10-percent ultra finisher. Wish I would have started running at a much earlier age. Have had several articles published in national running magazines. Check out my running adventure blog at www.crockettclan.org/blog Favorite Blogs: |
|
Click to donate
to Ukraine's Armed Forces
|
Miles: | This week: | 0.00 |
Month: | 0.00 |
Year: | 0.00 |
|
| |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 419.00 | Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 46.00 | La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 398.00 | Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 384.00 | Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 149.00 | La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 203.00 | La Sportive Wildcat - Yellow Miles: 48.00 | Montrail Wildwood Miles: 91.00 |
|
| | I've recovered very well from my 104.39 miles at ATY 24-hour run on Dec 30. I feel ready to go running again....except for a silly injury. I tied my right shoe lace too tight and didn't notice it for about 40 miles! Now I have a painful creaky tendon on the top of my foot. I've had this kind of thing several times before, so I know it just heals with time off. So, I'm probably sidelined for a week to heal up the foot. But that is OK. It is time to rest, recover, and send in race registrations for the new year. Besides, last month was a 400 mile month, my highest ever. That is crazy. | |
| | Two walking miles. Tendon still creaks but no pain. Walking made it feel better. | |
| | Easy miles on a treadmill at 10:00 pace, a couple at 10-15% incline as I start to concentrate on climbing again. Right foot still a little sore and left quad sore at the end of the workout. But so far so good, back in the saddle. | |
| |
8 treadmill miles....9 degrees outside. Did a 6x10x10. That is six miles as 10:00 pace, with 10 degree incline. A good workout. I'll work that up to a 10x10x10. The treadmill thinks I did 3,200 feet of climb, but I never really believe that because it doesn't feel like I really went that high. This crazy treadmill workout really helps get in hill shape. Others who have seen this workout in the past think I'm nuts.
4 walking miles | |
| |
8 degrees out with the brightest full moon we will see in another seven years or so. I hit the treadmill at the rec center and did a 12x10x10. That is 12 miles, 10:00 pace, with 10% incline. I was very suprised how easy it felt. Treadmill thinks I burned 2,500 calories and climbed 6,400 feet.
The hardest part was the boredom for two hours. By getting up early, I can do the first hour almost half asleep with the lights out. The time goes by fast. The second hour was tougher, but not bad. The quads feel strong from ATY, ten days ago.
Three tempo miles 8:00 pace at Legacy Center. | |
| |
14 Treadmill miles at about 8:00 pace. 4 mile walk during lunch up above the capital building.
PM
Ran 5 tempo miles at Legacy Center. 5K in 21:09. Felt fast and strong dodging all the walkers and runners on the track. Met Clint from Eagle Mountain who has run in the Buffalo Run 25K each year. |
| |
AM. Slept in.
4 walking miles during lunch
PM
7 miles at Legacy Center. 5K tempo run of 21:00. The rest at 9:00 pace. Inversion weather setting in. I'm looking forward to climbing hills. Warmer as you go higher. | |
| |
Very sluggish and slow miles on the treadmill. Quit early. 10 degrees out. Longing for the hills.
4-mile walk during lunch to Warm Springs Park, the historic location of the warm springs that the 1847 pioneers discovered and enjoyed bathing in. The springs were covered up around 1870. Some nice historical monuments at the park.
PM
8 miles at Legacy Center, steady 8:00 pace until I got bored. Felt much better compared to the morning. |
| |
6 degrees F out this morning. I know it is warmer up in the hills, but this cold is brutal. Just can't get motivated to pile on the clothes at get out when it is that cold. 8 more boring miles on the treadmill. Sluggish at first but warmed up in a few miles. Noticed that I need to drink a bunch more in the warm room, getting dehydrated toward the end.
4-mile walk during lunch in avenues west of captital.
PM
5 miles at the Legacy Center indoor track. 8:30 pace. Last mile for the day was 6:42. Nice. | |
| |
4 F on the Utah Lake shore this morning as all of Utah is dumping its cold air at my doorstep. The appears to be almost a 30 degree warmer temperature difference up on the mountain ridges. The ice fog is pretty amazing. I'll take some pictures tomorrow morning of the frost on the trees. I'll also go out on the lake. I see tracks of sleds or something, so I should be able to run in the deep snow if someone has packed it down.
15 boring miles on the treadmill
PM
Went out a mile and back on frozen Utah Lake. Check out the photo: http://www.facebook.com/photo.php?pid=5605845&l=2f42c&id=754525693 |
| |
4 F on the lake shore. Rambled 9 miles on the treadmill to the tunes of Allman Brother's "Ramblin Man." Noticed that I lost about 5 pounds this week without really trying. Thats OK, can help me get back down to racing weight.
Ran on frozen Utah Lake, ran from Saratoga Springs to Orem (actually Vineyard). The rather deep crystally snow made it a tough workout. Ice is solid away from the shores. ATVs, duck hunters, ice fisherman are out on it. A podcast of my adventure will be up on my blog soon at: www.crockettclan.org/blog | |
| Race: |
Utah Lake Marathon (26 Miles) 07:00:00, Place overall: 1 | |
Well, this isn't really a race report, but I did run an incredible marathon adventure run on frozen Utah Lake, the largest fresh-water lake in Utah. It covers about 97,000 acres (151 square miles) and is 23 miles long (north-south) and a has a maximum width of 13 miles (east-west.) It is a shallow lake, with an average depth of 9.4 feet.
I ran from Saratoga Springs to Bird Island (on the south end of the lake) and back. During the morning I was totally enveloped in fog and had to rely on my GPS to make sure I didn't run around in circles. It is difficult to decribe the amazing experience being out on the ice. It makes you feel like you are running in Antarctica. The ice flows built up around Bird Island were awesome.
Watch my youtube movie! http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dI3nWGC--D0
Near the end of my run I was entertained by Super Dell Schanze on his motorized paraglider with skis! See: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TdBdrSQbM9M&eurl=http://dellschanze.blogspot.com/ He was swooping and skiing all over the lake. It was a sight to see! What a fantastic day and run. I will post pictures and audio on my blog tomorrow at www.crockettclan.org/blog You can also read/listen and see pictures from my run across the lake to Orem on Saturday. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=135 | |
| | Took a "zero day" and rested some more, just because I felt like it. I also finished up my youtube movie on my Utah Lake ice adventure on monday: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dI3nWGC--D0 | |
| | Seven easy miles at the Legacy Center and then watched my son at the swim meet there. He's a captain on the Lehi High School swim team. | |
| |
Five treadmill miles. I stopped early because I feared I would slit my wrists because of boredom. I'm sick of that stupid machine. No more!
PM
Five miles with the dog on Utah Lake. With warmer temperatures, the crystals have melted and the sandy snow now is packable snow, easier to run on. The little dog just loves it out there. She probably ran an extra couple miles just going back and forth. | |
| | 12 Treadmill miles at 8:00 pace. |
| |
14 degrees out and windy. Wimped out again. 12 treadmill miles at 8:00 pace.
PM
Ran laps at the Legacy Center. On Saturday I'll run in the Winter 5K at Great Salt Lake. I hope to set a PR and break 20:00 for the first time. So today I wanted to push and get my lungs working hard. I felt good and strong, so I kept pushing for 5K. My mile splits were 6:14, 6:37, and 6:43 for a 5K time of around 20:10. That was encouraging for a training run. Felt fine afterwards, still had plenty in the tank. | |
| | 8 miles at the Legacy Center in one hour. It was nice to see quite a few people actually running around the track. Usually almost everyone is only walking. I'm still focusing on doing well at the 5K on Saturday. | |
| | Treadmill at 8:30 pace average. | |
| Race: |
Salt Lake Track Club Winter Series 5K (3.1 Miles) 00:20:23, Place overall: 33, Place in age division: 1 | |
I ran in the Salt Lake Track Club Winter Series 5K held on the shores of Great Salt Lake along a frontage road. The course is totally flat, so I was really hoping to break 20 minutes for the first time. I've only run in five previous 5Ks. This distance feels like an all-out sprint to me and can be pretty painful, but for some reason I do fairly well considering my age.
This time, I tried warming up a little more, running about a half mile before the start, hoping my lungs and legs would be ready for the crazy sprint. I recognized a few fastrunning blog runners at the start. The morning was beautiful and sunny. The temperature was right around 30. Air quality was a little poor, but I doubt it affected anything.
Off we went. For the first mile, I kept Mary Ann Schauerhamer in my sights, but I knew she would leave me in the dust. My first mile split was fine, a 6:06. But then things started to unravel. My lungs started to labor, and I knew I just couldn't keep up this pace today. I realized it wouldn't be my day. I was passed by several people and slowed to a 6:54 second mile. That was discouraging, but I didn't quit. I still pushed it as hard as I could and tried to get my breathing under control. I hung on for dear life during the last mile. I was thinking, "Why do I run this crazy distance?" It felt like I was going to keel over and croak. Pretty funny given that I would rather run 100 miles. Mile 3 went better, 6:20, but the legs felt heavy. I cruised into the finish at 20:23, which is 18 seconds off my PR.
I felt disappointed, but gee wiz, just 23 seconds faster would have felt like a victory. I lost those 23 during the second mle. This is just a silly distance. Clearly I need to do more tempo runs if I want to do much better at this distance. Also, I've been eating like a pig lately and am not down to an ideal racing weight.
To cheer me up, it turns out I was the Male Grand Masters Champion! (50 and over). That just means that I was one of the few old farts that didn't keel over and die before the finish line. I came in 33rd overall out of about 210 runners, including some of the best in the state. I received a nice little plaque.
I won't be running the 10K in a couple weeks. I'll be running in the Moab Red Hot 50K+ which will be a total blast compared to this strange road stuff. I'll probably run a 10K next Saturday.
PM
4 easy miles out in the brilliant sunshine. Lungs a little burned out from the morning. | |
| |
At 4:00 a.m. I went out in 15 degrees in ran up Lake Mountain, climbing about 2,500 feet. It is time to start reducing the flat miles and increasing the climbing feet. My total miles per week will probably go way down from here, but it is time to start getting back in shape for mountain runs. For the past couple months it was fun to pretend I was a road runner, now it is time to start acting like a mountain goat again.
The going was slow climbing up Israel Canyon Road. At times it was like going up stairs int he snow. Nearing the top the snow became softer and my feet started to break the surface. The road is packed down from ATVs, but toward the top, fewer have gone all the way and the snow is softer. So I eventually turned around and had to be cautious coming down near the top because my feet would sink in and try to twist my knees or ankles.
There is a little bit of an inversion going on, because it felt a little warmer in the canyon. Returning to the car in the foothills, I could feel the temperature dive down. It was a nice two-hour run. I'm sadly out of shape for climbing and I could feel it in my quads. It will take a few weeks. | |
| |
I couldn't push myself two days in a row out into the cold early morning. At 4:00 a.m., I was on the treadmill for a very tough hill workout. I ran for 90 minutes averaging 10:00 pace with an incline between 10-15 degrees, never below 10, holding on lightly to the front of the machine. I think it did the trick. I now have sore quads. The machine thought I climbed 5,700 feet and burned over 2,000 calories. It felt closer to about 3,000 feet. | |
| |
A repeat of the treadmill workout from yesterday, a couple minutes faster and quads feel better today. 9 miles, 10:00 pace, 10-15% incline, 5,800 feet up (if you believe the machine), plenty of sweat and groaning along the way.
PM
Three miles at the Legacy Center indoor track. I lost interest after three miles and quit. Boring! | |
| |
This morning I almost wimped out again and headed to the treadmill, but when I got up at 3:45 a.m., I had already had all my warm outside clothes ready to go, so I didn't have any excuse. The temperature was 22 degrees, so not bitter cold. OK, I sucked it up, and headed outside.
From my house on the shore of Utah Lake, I ran up the foothills of Lake Mountain, into Lott Canyon until it ends on a high ridge overlooking Eagle Mountain and the Ranches. This is a good touch climb, up about 1,500 feet. My climbing gear felt pretty good. The snow was packed down by some ATVs, until the last 1/4 mile which required me to do a little post-holing in the snow, but I didn't sink in too deep.
I had a great time! My flashlight reflected off of the crystalized snow going up which presented me with an amazing light show. Coming down, I always enjoy seeing the lights of the cities across Utah Lake.
It was a good workout. Treadmills just can't duplicate it. I could tell my ankles needed the uneven surface to get in better shape for the mountains. Also, the downhill run worked my quads well. I've got a ways to go to get back into good mountain trail shape, but I'm well on my way. It is amazing how you don't really lose it, that it comes back fast. | |
| |
With the warm tempertures, the trails are slushy and muddy. I did hill repeats running up and down Grandview Blvd up toward the explosives plant. |
| Race: |
Striders Winter Racing Circuit 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:21:32, Place overall: 34, Place in age division: 3 | |
I decided at the last minute to head up to Ogden and test my elderly speed against the competition in Northern Utah. The Striders Winter Racing Circuit 5K is held at Dee Events Center at Weber St. University and winds through hilly neighborhoods. Hills is what this race is about.
I arrived in time to drive the course which helped to set my expectations mentally because I didn't want the hills to suprise me and wanted to know when I should back off or open it up. I then went back to the start and ran in the neighborhoods for a mile warm up and did some sprints and stairs. I think my warm-up helped.
Looking at the results from last year, I thought a top-3 finish in my age group was very possible and a top-30 finish overall possible.
I toed the start line with 458 runners, a big event for the winter. Off we went and I started off sprinting like crazy with the top-10 pack. After a quarter mile, I found a more sane pace as my breathing became labored. I didn't want to burn my lungs out like last week, so I concentrated on good breathing. Next, we hit the long hill. At first I was able to pump the legs fast and re-passed several runners, but then just fell back to a nice even pace and was again passed by several others. My quads started to burn, a result of my hill workouts this past week. At the top, as the downhill came, I kicked it into high gear for several hundred yards and cruised by about five runners pretty fast.
Back on the flats and rolling hills, I again slowed. I missed my split at mile 1, but at mile 2 I was at 14:19. I hoped to be close to 14:00, so I was happy with my progress. I noticed a guy about my age pass me. It was Steve Haslam. I was motivated to stay close to him. I passed him on the downhills but he passed me back on the flats. On the last hill, he pushed ahead by about 50 yards. I hoped to find a kick on the final downhill to catch him. My third mile split was 6:30. Not bad. I tried hard to find a kick to catch Steve, but it didn't happen. He finished 11 seconds ahead of me.
I finished up in 21:32, 34th overall among 458 runners. I placed 3rd among the runners age 50+ (64 runners). Not bad, I was pleased. It was a tough course and it felt like I had a stronger race then last week when I finished in 20:23.
After I returned home, I went out and ran 4 fast miles with the dog. I was very impressed that this little dog, less than a year old ran a 6:30, and 7:00 mile with me. | |
| | Rainy and Snowy out in the morning. I went and ran 9 miles on the treadmill, 8:30 pace at 12% incline. | |
| Race: |
Moab Red Hot 50K+ (34 Miles) 06:19:58, Place overall: 69, Place in age division: 4 | | I ran in the Moab Red Hot 50K+. This trail race is actually a little more than 34 miles. The course runs on various surfaces with plenty of sandy roads and hard slickrock. The scenery is spectacular, making it tough to always watch your feet.
I traveled to the race with a childhood buddy, Jim Kern, who would be running in the 33K version of the race. We were concerned about the weather because it snowing (flurries) and pretty windy before the start. But the day turned out to be fantastic for running.
I tried something really different during the race. I attempted to produce a youtube video as I raced. I ended up taking about 70 photos and recorded 23 audio segments. It probably delayed my finishing time by about 15 minutes total, but it was fun and I’m pleased with the results.
Watch the video. video can be found on facebook.
I finished in 6:19, which ended up being about seven minutes faster than last year. Oh well. Only three people older than me, beat me. Watch the video, I hope you enjoy seeing the entire race in 10 minutes. | |
| |
Recovered from the Moab Red Hot 50K+ last Saturday. See the movie I made of it.
Eight tough treadmill miles. Much of it 5-10% incline without holding onto the front of the machine. The quads and hips really felt it. I need to really start getting serious about hill training. I'm only half-way there. My performance at the race Saturday was OK, but just wasn't where I want to be. My next ultra will be Old Pueblo 50-mile in 17 days. There are some serious mountain climbs in that race. I need to push hard now. | |
| Race: |
Striders Winter Series 10k (6.2 Miles) 00:46:21, Place overall: 50, Place in age division: 3 | |
I traveled up to Ogden (one hour away) to again run in the Striders Winter Series 10k. I ran in it last year and knew that is has a tough hilly course. To make it a little more challenging this year I think they took hoses to some portions of the road and laid down some slick ice....at least it seemed like it. Fun stuff.
The first mile has a quarter-mile hill to get your heart pumping. I went out with the top 20 runners to drag me up that hill and then I did my best to get my feet rotating on the long downhill. My first mile splt was 6:34, not bad considering the hill. For the second downhill mile I ran 6:27. So far, so good. But on next flat mile, my legs started to feel heavy and I was passed by a large group. I just wasn't warmed up yet. I clocked the second mile in 7:11.
Now the fun came, almost all uphill to the end. Chad Carson was running very close to me. He's an experienced and talented ultrarunner. I ran several miles with Chad during the 2007 Squaw Peak 50. He's a great guy. He had already put in 16 miles earlier in the morning so was struggling on the uphills. I had no excuse like that, but I thought my uphill strength felt pretty good. I was finally warmed up and not red-lining on my heart rate and breathing. My mile 4 split was about 7:50. The toughest hill started at mile 5. I kept a solid run going and caught a few runners. Chad caught me at the crest of the hill. I was determined to keep up and pass him. I found my foot speed and cruised down the hill passing Chad and several more runners. My mile 6 split was a slow 8:30. It felt like I was doing much better than last year, but the clock didn't agree. I finished in 46:21, ten seconds slower than last year.
I grabbed a donut and then decided to run the course backwards. I knew my ultrarunning buddies Cory Johnson and Tom Remkes were sweeping the course (running behind the last runner.) I recovered fast and enjoyed running up and down that crazy hill again. I linked up with Cory and Tom at the last aid station. We had a good time talking about our upcoming races and Tom made fun of the way I blasted fearlessly down the slickrock last Saturday at Moab Red Hot 50K+. Both of them are in the movie I made at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8htsdXqtpSg
Instead of walking it in behind the last runners, we did various loops in the neighborhoods. I ended up doing about 5 extra miles. Turns out I ran up most of that crazy hill three times today! It was great fun and I enjoyed being out running with the guys. We reached the start/finish area just as the last runner was finishing. As we almost got to the finish we spent about ten minutes helping a woman runner find her lost diamond earring that fell off in the home stretch. We were successful in finding it.
It was a fun morning. Thanks to John at Striders for his hard work on this race.
| |
| | 12 Tough 5-10% Treadmill miles. Warmer this morning but trails muddy. I need to check them out this evening and find some dry routes for mornings when it is above freezing. I'm hoping for a high mileage week and then next week taper for the Old Pueblo 50 in Tucson. But my focus is hill training more than miles. | |
| | With the trails muddy, I decided this morning to at least run a little outside. I did a fast tempo run to and from the rec center, about a mile in each direction, and at the center did a tough hilly treadmill workout. |
| | Tempo run to and from the rec center and then hilly treadmill pain doing 5-10% with 15% spurts. Dripping in sweat, I ran fast home in 32 degrees, arrived before I was frozen. | |
| | Same routine this morning. Ran too and from the rec center. It was nippy 25 degrees in shorts, but it motivates me to run faster. I also love the peace and quiet running through the neighborhoods as 3:50 a.m. in the morning. No traffic, no people, no body stirring in the homes. Did hilly treadmills with spurts of 30% inclines. Brutal. |
| Race: |
SLC Track Club Winter 15K (9.32 Miles) 01:05:15, Place overall: 26, Place in age division: 1 | |
I traveled up to Great Salt Lake to run in the Salt Lake Track Club Winter 15K. This very flat race starts at historic Saltair and runs east along the frontage road that parallels I-80. It then turns around and returns to the start.
I was using this race as a nice long tempo training run as I enter my taper week for next Saturday’s Old Pueblo 50-mile race in the Santa Rita Mountains near Tucson Arizona. My goals for today were to beat my last year’s 15K PR of 1:08:27 and win my old-fart age group of 50 years and older.
I arrived in time to do a warm-up run. I never warm up for ultras, but I have discovered that warm-up runs are critical to do well in these short runs. Rand Nielson called out a hello and we ran two miles together talking about our upcoming ultra race schedule.
Everyone gathered for the start and the start siren was sounded. For the first half-mile, I tucked in behind Mary Ann Schauerhammer, the eventual winner among the women. But after a half-mile, I had to back off into a more sustainable pace. My first mile split was what I wanted, 6:29. During mile two, a group of 4-5 fast young women passed me. A tall runner also passed me and I observed that he tucked in behind a big runner and used him to draft. I decided to try the same trick and joined in the train for awhile. I finished mile 2 in 6:46. Doing good.
In my mind, I knew that last year my mile average ended up being 7:22, so I was determined to try to keep all my mile splits under that pace. I finally had to jump off the drafting train and started to slow a little bit more. I was being very careful not to burn out my lungs today, and so far I was being successful.
My mile 3 split was 7:06. At the 5K aid station I grabbed a quick drink and was on my way again. I finished mile 4 in 7:13, which was my slowest mile of the race. The first-place runners came toward me and I was pleased to see that they were less than a mile ahead of me at that point.
Then, something great happened. I finally warmed up. My breathing and heart-rate were under control. I also noticed with all of the hill training lately that my quads were very happy to be pushed harder. I kicked it up a notch and felt pretty good. I reached the turn-around in 32:22.
It was fun now to see all the runners behind heading toward me. I heard several “hi Davy” greetings being yelled toward me. It looked like the next person in my age group was about two minutes behind me. I finished mile 5 in 7:09. I then passed a couple runners. Mile 6 was done in 7:01. I was surprised, and now knew I could shatter my PR if I just hung-on. I kept my focus and was determined to not get lazy at this point. I was surprised to see that my 10K split about a minute faster than my PR!! Wow, things were really holding together for me today. I knew that there was only 5K left.
I concentrated harder to keep the same sustainable pace. Mile 7 went by in 7:00. Very nice. Saltair came into view poking up on the shore-line of massive Great Salt Lake. The waterline is far away from the building, as the lake level is more than 5 feet below its historic average level.
I was bound and determined not to fade at this point. Mile 8 went by in 7:08. I was in the home stretch. Mile 9 was reached in 7:10. I looked behind me and no one was catching me, but I still kicked it into gear telling myself to finish strong. I crossed the finish, feeling great, at 1:05:15. I had beaten my last year’s PR by more than three minutes! Sweet.
I didn’t stop, I turned around and ran the course backwards until I found my buddy, Jim Kern about 1.5 miles from the finish. We had a good time running together and I encouraged Jim on. He finished in a little over 1:35. I received a first place ribbon for the 50-54 age-group. | |
| | Taper week to get ready for Old Pueblo 50. After a very encouraging 15k road race run on Saturday, I've feeling just about ready. The only thing really missing is trail conditioning because of all the roads and treadmills. I really need to get some ankle toughening in. So this morning, I hit the trails. I ran out to the Eagle Mountain area. I climbed up and ran along the ridges overlooking Utah County and the Ranches. Heading out there, I did have to carefully go around a couple bad mud bogs, but most of the road was nice and soft and very runnable. The temperature was perfect, about 40 degrees. I felt strong and fast, but tentative with the ankles. Coming down from the ridge, I ran down a very fun motorcycle trail that isn't known by runners (I never see any other tracks on it). I hit about a dozen small patches of snow, but just with an inch, no problem. The views are always incredible, especially this morning. The city lights of Utah County were reflecting against the snow covered mountains behind them, lighting everything up before dawn. It was a wonderful morning run, great to be away from the treadmill. I did get home with muddy shoes, but nothing terrible. My left ankle was a little sore. I rolled that one a couple times a couple months ago. I can tell that it just needs to trail time to toughen up. | |
| | Same route and time (4 a.m. - 6 a.m.) as yesterday. The big difference today was that it was 52 degrees out. Wow, it felt like summer. Shorts, no gloves. It was nice. The snow patches were melting fast causing some slick muddy spots coming down from the ridge. I almost ended up on my butt several times. Left lower ankle again came out sore again from all the uneven surface. I'll probably have to rest it up for Saturday's 50. | |
| Race: |
Old Pueblo 50 (50.6 Miles) 10:27:00 | | I ran again in the Old Pueblo 50-mile trail race in the Santa Rita Mountains, southeast of Tucson, Arizona. I previously ran in the 2005 and 2006 editions of this race and was pleased to return. This year I crushed my PR on this course by 1:14:00. I had a good race. Click here to read my detailed race report. They haven't published the results yet, but I believe I finished in about 25th place out of about 140 starters. | |
| | Just a one mile walk to stretch out the sore quads from the 50-mile run. |
| | Stayed home sick, bad sinus headache. Legs feel recovered. It is amazing how fast they recover now from ultra distance runs. | |
| | At 4 a.m. I went out into the 28 degree cold and ran out to the Lake Mountain ridge. The almost-full moon was wonderful and glowed over the valley and off of Mount Timpanogos far across Utah Lake to the east. I was surprised to find in the dark a new motercycle trail spur that I had never noticed. I suspected that there might be one in that area, but had never seriously explored. This single-track trail was great and nice and long. I noticed a set of runner footprints on it from the past week or so. So another runner knows about this hidden trail. Kind of surprising because it is 2-3 miles from any homes. This spur is more runnable than the one I have been using to the north, a little less steep, so I will have some fun trying to blast down it with speed. | |
| |
Again this week a close friend seriously confronted me and let me know that they thought I was ruining my life and the life of others by participating in, and encouraging ultrarunning. Their belief is
1. That because they get injured as a low-mileage recreational runner, surely a high-mileage ultrarunner is seriously damaging their body far more. 2. They believe that some exercise is of course good, but the level of exercise an ultrarunner participates in not normal and therefore unhealthy. 3. They believe that because they know someone who spends hours away from their families training that therefore all ultrarunners are neglecting their families and being selfish.
Such concerns from non-runners and recreational runners are common and hard to explain away. Some don’t want to hear explanations.
Let me deal with each concern:
Because they get injured as a low-mileage recreational runner, surely a high-mileage ultrarunner is seriously damaging their body far more.
It is my firm belief that ultrarunners are far less-susceptible to injury than recreational runners. When I was a recreational runner, I was always getting injured and it would make me quit running. I then became a couch potato, gained weight and had poor health. I see recreational runners always battling injuries. I constantly advise runners how to recover from injuries. On this blog I see high-milage road runners battle injuries.
There is one huge difference in the running I do. I avoid roads like the plague. The only time I run roads is during a road race (5k, 10k, etc.) or during the winter when the trails are muddy. This makes a huge difference on the wear and tear of an ultrarunners body. I do believe that high-mileage on roads can be damaging to the body over time because of the jarring caused. Soft trails are a world of difference.
I also believe that once ultrarunners have established a high mileage base (and sometimes they do go through injury to reach this) that their body has gone through some amazing adjustments that now prevent injuries that a recreational runner may more commonly see. I’m always asked, “Aren’t you ruining your knees?’ No! My knees now are stronger, the ligaments and sinews tighter, such that they can endure great distances without problem. I don’t get ITB or runner’s knee problem anymore that a low-mileage recreational runner has to deal with often. People just can’t understand the wonder of the human body, that it can do amazing things to adjust once it has become used to stress. It puts up new barriers to protect itself from that stress.
Recreational runners don’t know about the fast recovery ultrarunners experience once they have a high-mileage base. After my first 100-mile race, I could hardly walk for a week, and couldn’t run for a month. I also experienced some soft-tissue damage in my knee. But I didn’t have that high-mileage base to protect me. Now I do. I can run a 4-hour marathon and feel no pain the next day. I can run a 50-mile race, and be out running pain-free in three days. I can run a 100-miler and be out running pain-free in one week. The human body is amazing. It fascinates me how it adjusts. Recreational runners just don’t understand this. If they feel a month of pain after a marathon, surely ultrarunners must feel several months of pain after a 100-miler. Well, that logic is a fallacy.
OK, surely I have developed some chronic injuries from the 13,000 miles that I have run, from the 22 100-milers, and 43 ultras in the past five years. Yes, I have some chronic injuries to deal with. I’ll document them.
1. I have a soreness in my right inner quad/groin muscle that flairs up. I believe it was injured during the 2007 Plain 100. I didn’t notice it until the next week. It was very sore for a couple months. I must have torn something. But it calmed down. Now it flares up every now and then but rarely bothers me during a race. I notice it mostly at night as I sleep and the body does normal stretching. I will wake up feeling some pain there from stretching it. Very minor. 2. I have some numbness in my feet -- the ball of my feet extending to a couple toes. It is minor and I don’t really notice it much or I’m just used to it. After long races it will be more pronounced, but then it mostly goes away. I don’t see this as much of a problem. 3. I have a neuroma in the ball of my right foot. This is a bunching of nerves that can cause severe pain extending out to your toes. Anyone can get this even non-runners. I just deal with it. Using a thinner insole helps. During a race it can flare up for about ten miles and really hurt, but then it calms down, I think once the surrounding tissue swells a little to protect it. 4. I tore the meniscus in my right knee when I was an over-weight backpacker. So, I have less cartilage protection in that knee. I can feel pain there at times, but I have learned to manage it and the knee has became stronger and now protects itself. 5. About twice a year I bruise my bladder, usually due to running dehydtrated. The result is soreness in the adomen and hematurina (blood). This can be alarming but a running doctor understands what is going on. I let it heal and am more careful about hydration. 6. I’ve developed sesimoiditis in my left foot. There are two little bones in the ball of the foot behind the big toe. These have became irriated over time and get inflamed. They are not fractured, but the surrounding tissue has grown more in an attempt to protect them. To deal with this, I just make a custom insole to give me more room in the shoe for that area of the foot. This usually solves the problem, but it can flare up on 100-milers. 7. I have some cool scars on my arms and legs from face-plants on the trail. Big deal, at age 50 I’m not entering beauty contests anymore. To prevent this, I like running with hand-held running bottles. When I fall, the bottles take the brunt of the damage.
That is it. I really can’t think of anything else. No stress fractures, no ITB problems, no chondromalacia (runner’s knee), no planter fasciitis, no serious muscle problems, no back problems.
When I have health checkups, the doctors and nurses are impressed. My cholestoral level is great because of the super high level of HDL caused by good fitness. Nurses who draw my blood always comment on the wonderful deep red color due to high oxygen content. When I had a EKG the technician commented on my strong heart and said, “you must be a runner.”
So, how am I damaging my body? I get occasional colds and sinus infections (due to a deviated septum) but never the flu. I’m old, 50. Where is this damage?
Some exercise is of course good, but the level of exercise an ultrarunner participates in not normal and therefore unhealthy.
Recreational runners for some reason believe there is a wall at 26.2 miles and that anything over that is not normal. What is so magic about 26.2 miles? OK, yes recreational runners constantly complain about “hitting the wall” before that distance. They therefore think it is a barrier, and anyone going past that is not normal and doing something amazing or unhealthy. All this is silly. The recreational runner just doesn’t know how to fuel properly and get the balance in their body to prevent bonking past their “wall.” Their body hasn’t yet adjusted to the stress of high mileage. Just because they haven’t experience the lack of pain and stress at long distances, doesn’t mean it isn’t possible, even for them.
I probably exercise on average about 10-12 hours per week. Is that excessive? Because I now have a high-mileage base and my body has adapted in amazing ways, I can be dormant for days and then just jump right back into the saddle with no problem for even higher performance. Recreational runners or non-runners just can’t understand that. I’m not exercising huge amounts each week. Yes if I wanted to be an elite ultrarunner, winning races, I would need to do much more. But, I’m 50 years old. Its not going to happen. I’m happy with strong performance in races and a fitness level so I can do them often.
With the amount of exercise I do, I know far more about my body. I understand the signals it sends me when there is something wrong. I believe strongly that if I develop a serious illness, that I will detect it far faster than when I was a couch potato. I know my body now. I didn’t before. I believe my life will be extended for years more because of ultrarunning if I’m lucky enough to avoid accident and disease. As a couch potato, or even as an occasional recreational runner, I didn’t have this knowledge or fitness to protect my body.
Because they know someone who spends hours away from their families training that therefore all ultrarunners are neglecting their families.
I am an obsessive-compulsive person. I know that. I try to use that as a strength, not a weakness. I’ll take hold of something and go crazy with it. I’ve authored/published three books in 18 months. Obsessive. I’ve gone crazy doing family history research, far more than any “normal person.” I’ve studied LDS scriptures and history far more than any “normal person.” I helped establish a successful Internet startup that went from nothing to amazing in just a year. I know I go overboard, and put in safeguards.
As far as running, I try to be careful with my time. My wife sleeps about nine hours on average per night. I sleep about 6.5 hours on average per night. Therefore, there is on average about 2.5 hours per day when I’m awake and the rest of the family is asleep. I try to do almost all of my training during those hours. Where is the harm to the family? Yes, for races I’m away, but I try to get my family to go with me at times and when I add up the days, I’m home far, far, less than others who have demanding jobs that take them away from home or church callings that require them to be away so much. In a few months, with another son graduating from highschool, I will only have one child at home (compared to the six that were home previously). The family time-demands are now much different when the family was younger. Yes, my wife will grumble at times because of my running. She isn’t a runner. But I negotiate, try to listen, and try to be a good husband and father. We have a very happy family life. So why all the criticism?
Some argue that ultrarunning is a very selfish use of time. I don’t buy this at all. A musician will spend hours each week practicing. How is their talent less selfish? I make sure my ultrarunning experience is not selfish by writing about my experiences and sharing them with others. This is very fulfilling. I know my writings have affects hundreds of people who have been inspired to improve their lives with better fitness or set greater heights in their goals. One close friend, a non-runner, was so inspired by my tales of endurance and reaching for goals that he became determined to do “marathon” sessions of LDS temple work and name extraction. It greatly blessed his life.
Conclusion
I’m comfortable with being an ultrarunner. I know the general population thinks it is crazy because their conclusions are from their own experience and prospective. They don’t understand the facts. I’m at the point where I just avoid trying to debate it with close friends or relatives. Ok, I have that off my chest, now I can go do something better with me time, like go running. | |
| Race: |
Rex Lee 10K (6.2 Miles) 00:43:17, Place overall: 65, Place in age division: 2 | |
I ran in the Rex Lee 10K race in Provo that helps benefit cancer research. My 12-year-old son ran in the 5K. There were 521 runners in the 10K and 1,470 in the 5K. At the start line, I found my speedy brother-in-law Ed Johnson and we warmed up together. The course is pretty fast. It has some hills near the beginning and ends with a steady gentle climb, but I set my goal to set a PR and break 43 minutes. I was a little skeptical about this goal because I had raced 50 miles hard only 7 days ago. But I felt confident.
The George Q. cannon roared, and away we went. During the first 1/4 mile I ran with Ed. I joked around and bumped him a couple times telling him he was going slow and pushed ahead a little, but couldn't keep that pace long. Ed went up ahead and I tried to keep pace with the other runners around me. I forgot to start my watch, but I think the mile markers were grossly misplaced because when I did start it at mile 1, my mile 2 was very slow and my mile 3 was blazing fast. It didn't make sense.
On the downhill I tried my best to keep my foot speed up. At about the three-mile mark I noticed a guy pass me who looked like he was in my age group. I tried to keep up but at that point I started to struggle a little. The legs felt heavy, a result of the race last week. Some runners started to slow down and because of parked cars along Center Street it became frustrating trying to pass slower runners who insisted to run side-by-side. Finally I chastized two, telling them to not run two-abrest if they are going slower. They shouted back, "What?" Oh well.
After mile five the course merges with the 5K runners. These runners are going significantly slower (30-minute 5K pace), so I had to swing wide to the left in order to continue to have room to pass them. I was delighted to catch up with my son Connor. He was doing great! He tried to keep up for a little while but then faded. I poured it on the best I could and entered onto the track. I had to swing wide in order to pass dozens of 5K runners. Then with 100 yards to go, some young runners decided to sprint like crazy and swing in front of me. I didn't have much left in the tank and just pushed hard to the finish. The clock said, 43:13, but the official time ended up being 43:17, in 65th place. I was pleased. It was a PR for me by almost a full minute. I earned a second-place medal for my age group and that one guy was the only guy older than me to finish ahead of me.
Connor came in a couple minutes later with a 29:34 5K finish. Pretty good for a kid whose only training was a one-mile run a couple days ago. My speedy brother-in-law Ed finished 26th in the 10K, 40:08, 2nd in his age group. | |
| |
5 walking miles during lunch up City Creek, over above the capital, and back to work.
With a 100-mile race coming up in 12 days, motivation is low to train hard right now because I know it won't make much of a difference at this point. I have no injuries to recover from. I set a PR in the 10K on Saturday, so the foot speed is good. I ran a very good 50-miler a week ago and could have continued on much further, so distance isn't a concern. So, I think I am pretty much ready and should be in taper mode at this point anyway. So I will probably just do runs and walks to stay tuned and phych myself up to have a strong showing at the Moab 100. My goal will be to achieve a 100-mile PR time. That would be to beat 22:28:00. Last year I ran it in 23:33:00, so I'll need to shave off more than an hour. I can think of many things I can do different for a stronger performance this year.
4 miles with the dog. I'm still amazed how this little dog loves to run. She doesn't really want to stop to sniff things, she just wants to keep her head forward and run and run. She likes roads better than trails. |
| |
I left the house at 3:55 a.m. in 44 degrees F. There was a half moon out and it was very pleasant. I ran a route that I had not run all winter because of snow and mud. But this morning the route was completely dry. I proclaim that winter is officially over! Yipee!
When I plotted out my route on Google maps, I have to chuckle. It roughly looks like an inverted map of the United States. Pretty funny. My run was about 10.5 miles. I ran my usual three miles out to the Lake Mountain ridge that runs north-south, kind of dividing Saratoga Springs from Eagle Mountain. This morning I ran the entire ridge to the power lines, descending towards the homes in the Ranches, and then jumping on a motor cycle trail that traverses a slope and then runs on top of descending ridge. I descend all the way to a low pass, run down into a neighborhood, and this morning, I decided to run straight across the massive Church farmland on a dirt road.
For that segment, about three miles, I turned off my flashlight and ran by the half-moonlight. It was a great challenge. It required me to pay attention closely and use my feet to feel the trail. I had to trust my feet, that they would make the adjustments quickly as they felt the contours of the road. I would try pushing the speed at times to make it even more challenging. The view ahead is spectacular, with the lights on the other side of the lake. Once I hit Redwood Road, I crossed it and ran along the development trail back home. It took me 2:10. A nice leisurely run, with periodic spurts and some good short climbs.
5 mile walk during lunch around capital and down City Creek Canyon
4 miles with the dog after work. | |
| |
This morning a neighbor wanted to try joining in, but didn’t show, so at 4 a.m. I just went ahead and did what I had planned, throwing in an extra mile. I did a nine-mile run out to the Lake Mountain ridge (gotta find a better name for that. Hmm…., historically before Eagle Mountain came to be, the area was called Tickville, maybe I should call it the Tickville ridge). I ran out on the dirt road around the Church farm and then headed up a motorcycle trail, doing a loop counter-clockwise on two spurs of this trail, connecting them by running on top of the ridge. I was amused to see the bikers had posted some new signs telling people to keep their horses off the trail. They even spent time putting some obstructions across an area I usually run through. I paused a couple minutes to clear the path. I can appreciate that they have spent a bunch of time maintaining these trails, but it isn’t their property and they can’t tell people who can and who can’t use it. I took a wrong turn and added a little more fun on a side spur I had only been on once. Coming down was great fun. I completed the loop and decided to again run straight across the Church farm on the very soft and flat dirt road. I like running across there to end a run because it is so soft and there are no rocks to trip over. I pushed the pace harder for awhile doing 8:00 pace. For the last mile, I turned off the light and discovered, even with the moon behind the clouds, I still could run in the dark. There was enough light from the city reflecting to let me still run fast in the dark, using my feet to feel the road. I finished at 6:00 a.m.
On Google Earth, I discovered a motorcycle trail in the lowlands near that area that I have never tried before. I’ll have to explore that tomorrow. Looks like it could be some fun.
4 mile walk during lunch along 2nd North and then back through downtown.
My priority before the next race is to lose a little more weight. Any pound saved makes a huge difference in 100-mile runs. I've come down 4 pounds since Saturday. Pretty easy, just put in a high mileage week while cutting half-way back on the food. I also do this training without taking carbs with me. | |
| |
I woke up early, couldn't get back to sleep so decided to go out for a long run. I hit the road at 2:30 a.m. It was 49 degrees F and very pleasant. I ran to the west, climbed up and over the Lake Mountain Ridge, and ran down the valley in to expansive Cedar Valley. Since I had extra time, I decided to run clear to Eagle Mountain City Center. I stayed on dirt roads that went behind the back lots of many homes until I reached Sweetwater Rd and then ran that very straight road all the way to Unity Pass. There is a paved trail that parallels the road, but I ran mostly below that in a soft, smooth ditch, very nice trail running. Only a couple cars passed by me, probably wondering what a guy was doing out there with a green light. It was about 4:15 a.m. Once up to Unity Pass, I took a usual route back into the hills on dirt roads and the climbed up over a ridge and descended down into the Ranches foothills. Finally I ran up and over a low pass on Golden Eagle Rd and then straight across the Church Farm back to home by 6 a.m. My run was about 17.5 miles. The pace was a good steady 12:00 miles. It felt like I could run all day. My route looks like a hand gun.
| |
| Race: |
URC/FRB St. Patricks 10k (6.43 Miles) 00:44:38, Place overall: 3, Place in age division: 1 | |
On a busy stake conference day (stake split day), at the last minute I found a gap between meetings which would let me go to Provo to run in Mary Ann's URC/FRB St. Patricks 10k that runs along the Provo River Trail to Utah Lake and back. I was surprised to see how many people were in the park when I arrived, so I jumped in and just started helping people register. Mary Ann is going to need more help as her races grow.
I’m in taper-mode, getting ready for Moab 100 next Saturday, so I was going to just treat this as a tempo run and enjoy the beautiful day. Several runners introduced themselves to me at the start. That was great. I heard “twinkies” in yellow (Matt)talking to a friend about his finish time goal and it registered to me that we would probably run about the same pace.
Away we went, running down the beautiful trail by the river. For the first mile, I hung with the two leaders, one was running the 5K, and the other was the 10k leader, a tall runner in black. After awhile, I was passed by a runner in green. I noticed that my splits were about 6:40 for the first couple miles. The trail splits at a turn in the river and the runner in green took the wrong turn. I didn’t pay attention and followed him. We probably went an extra 100 yards. Oh well. No one passed us, and probably a few followed us.
As we neared the lake, I was very surprised to see the leading 10k runner already returning. That was impossible because I knew he was only a minute or two ahead. I asked him if he went along the lake to the right. He shouted back that he turned around at the parking lot. I shouted back, “No, that’s wrong.” Oh well. He had cut off about a mile or more. I continued to try to keep up with the runner in green. We finally reached the turnaround and I noticed our time was over 22 minutes. There would be no PR today. It was fun to see and greet all the other runners.
So, I was running in 2nd. I looked behind me and could see a couple runners on my tail, including the runner in yellow. My legs were feeling great, but my lungs were breathing hard. I didn’t want to push it too hard. The runner in green again took a wrong turn, same place as before, but he got on pace again. Funny how he was making it easy to stay up with him. But he pushed it ahead and eventually disappeared.
Once the other runners caught up to me, we leap-frogged several times. A few times I cranked it up, pushing ahead of both to see if they could keep up. But I would quickly fade and they both would indeed catch up and pass. I noticed a mile split of about 7:08.
Finally with the turnoff to the park in sight, I kicked it in hard and passed them both. I thought I heard the runner in yellow let out a groan. I kept the pace going this time, but the other runner in white caught me and had a nice fast kick going. I didn’t have the motivation or the speed, so I watched him go ahead. I finished in 3rd overall (assuming the runner in black was DQed). 44:38 or so. I jumped right in the car and rushed back home, and back to stake meetings, back just in time to see a new stake president come out of his calling interview with a glaze in his eyes. Ha, ha. We had a good conference attended by more than 5,600 people, broadcast over the Internet to 10 buildings on Sunday. | |
| |
Its 100-mile race week! Saturday morning is the big day. It is all about taper, rest, and hopefully no weight gain. To avoid the aches and pains that come from tapering, I will continue to do tune-up runs but nothing very tough.
This morning I slept in until 4:45 a.m. and just went out for an easy 5-mile run up into the foothills of Lake Mountain. I almost whimped out and went to the threadmill, but it was 38 degrees out and I cracked open the door and didn't feel much wind. The storm had not arrived yet. So out I went. I run up Clay Pit road and into the gravel pit to continue on the dirt road heading toward Lott Canyon. Before the canyon I split off and ran a loop on some rolling trails and returned on the powerline trail. Back on Clay Pit road, I was surprised to see a runner coming up the road with a headlamp heading up toward the foothills. I've never seen another runner at this time in the morning up there. We'll see if he goes up there some more. On the return, the northerly wind kicked up and it was brrrr.....cold. Wind chill in the 20's. I was motivated to get finished fast and hit the hot shower.
So, now my attention is turned to the Moab 100. I'm getting my pacing goals together and trying to mentally prepare. Competition will be tougher this year and I don't expect to win it again this year, but I hope to do pretty well. A 100-mile PR is certainly possible.
| |
| |
I am starting preparations to head to Moab to again run the Moab 100 on Saturday. There were actually three types of races running at the same time on the same 5.37-mile loop course. In addition to those running the 100-solo event, are runners running the 24-hour solo (as many miles as you can do in 24 hours), and 24-hour relay teams. Any 100-miler who doesn’t finish, is credited a 24-hour finish for the miles completed in under 24-hours.
Last year somehow I won the Moab 100 with a time of 23:35. Basically the runners who were ahead of me all quit and I was the last one standing. Four runners finished behind me. This race is tough mentally because you can return to your comfortable car every 5.37 miles and also if you quit early, you still get credit in the 24-hour version of the race.
The Moab 100 course is laid out on the Monitor and Merrimac Loop, a popular trail for jeepers and mountain bikers. The course is a loop with an out-and-back tail, like a lollipop. The route goes clockwise around the loop on odd laps and counter-clockwise on even laps. It first passes by the ruins of the historic Halfway Stagecoach Station. It then ascends up and down over a small ridge via a rutted jeep trail with scattered rocks. With huge Courthouse rock on the left and gigantic Mill-Courthouse Mesa on the right, the route crosses through several deep sandy washes and then climbs up a slickrock ramp to the base of the Mesa. The views below are terrific. The route then heads south toward Camel Butte which we would circle around on the slickrock, giving us views of the Monitor and Merrimac mesas named after the Cival War ships, off on the horizon. Most of the first half of the course up to this point is a runnable uphill 450-climb. From there it is mostly downhill. First up is a long run down a massive slickrock slope that leads to the Mill Canyon dirt jeep road that rolls up and down through a beautiful canyon with occasional small stream crossings. Finally you reach the main dirt road that passes by campsites and leads you back to the start/finish area.
Most of the Utah ultrarunners will be running in the Antelope Island Buffalo Run which will be the largest trail race ever held in Utah. I decided to instead go back to Moab and attempt to defend the title. However, I realize that this year it will be much more competitive.
My experience at Across the Years three months ago will go a long way to help me in this loop-format course. I’ve just got to keep my pace up and not waste time between loops. This year they took my suggestion to alternate the course direction each lap, and I think that will help my competitive spirit, because I will be able to see the competition much better and gage my pace better.
I’ve put my pace goal together and I am shooting for 22:30. I believe that is very possible on their course but I just cannot afford any long stops or slow sleep-walking. My laps will start at around 50 minutes each and eventually slow to about 1:30. I will try to keep my average lap time below 1 hour each for at least 8 laps. That is 8 laps in 8 hours, or 43 miles in 8 hours.
Weather should be great. Nice and cool. At night it will push down toward 30 degrees, so I must stop to dress warm after lap 11. I must not lose energy during the night through heat loss. I made that mistake last year at Bear 100 and also at Across the Years.
Training-wise, I’m ready. My mileage base has been good. I had a very good 50-mile race three weeks ago. I’ve tapered well this week, only going nine miles. I have no injury. My only regret is that I’m about seven pounds heavier than I had hoped. That is a bunch of weight to carry around for 100 miles and probably will cost me about an hour.
This race put together a poor aid station last year, not much in it, so I will bring all my food and drink with me. They will have some warm food at night, hopefully some soup. | |
| Race: |
Moab 100-mile Endurance Running Race (100 Miles) 24:42:00, Place overall: 4 | |
My full race report is now on my blog: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=143
Recovery is going very well. My muscles survived better than usual. This morning I could go mdown stairs with very little pain. Sleeping last night was a bother. My right hip just couldn't feel comfortable. But I should be running again by the end of the week. The main problem is my stomach. It took a beating. No appetite yet, but I did force myself to eat a lunch. My feet came out great, no blisters. I do have a large bruise on the side of my left foot. I can't figure out how I got that. I must have hit a rock hard. I guess I didn't notice because there are so many other painful things to worry about when your run 100 miles.
| |
| | I've finished my race report for the Moab 100. You can read it at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=143 I'm ready to start running again. My appetite is back and I feel fine. Tomorrow morning I'll try to get out on the trail. |
| | It was my first time running since my 100-miler last Saturday. Snowing and cold, I hit the treadmill at the rec center. Tim, who is there almost every morning, commented, "I thought I wouldn't see you here until next winter." I frowned, looked outside, "It is next winter." After two miles on the dreaded machine, my right knee started to hurt. It feels like some minor cartilage bruising in my bad knee from the 60+ miles of pounding on the slickrock last Saturday. I'll need some more time to let it heal. Walking is not a problem, but running causes the pain. | |
| |
I ignored the alarm clock at 3:40, but did roll out of bed a half hour later without any good excuse since I was wide awake. It was 28 degrees out and a bring waxing moon was setting to the west. I did an eight mile loop out to the Lake Mountain ridge. There were puddles here and there that reflected the moonlight ahead of me. The moon set and I pushed the uphills a little harder than usual, thinking about how hard I pushed them last weekend at the Moab 100. My knee started to hurt again around two miles, but I ignored it and it was just an anoyance, not a problem. By the end it didn't hurt. Great. Looks like I'm back at it and look forward to doing to tought training. Next long race for me is a 50-miler in two weeks in Fruita, Colorado. I believe it will be similar to the Moab runs.
4 miles in the evening with the dog. | |
| |
Out running at 2:30 a.m. this morning. The moon was wonderful and for some long stretches I was able to run without a light. This morning I again ran the 18-mile "hand-gun" route (called that because the map of it looks like a gun.) I ran clear out to Eagle Mountain city center. It was peaceful and pretty uneventful. While running north through Cedar Valley, there was a mild head-wind that made it chilly on the hands so I ran without a light and hands in my vest pockets. It was 38 degrees when I left and returned to home, but in pockets I could tell that it was below freezing because there was some frost here and there. I only took one water bottle filled with water, and no food. Toward the end I was getting pretty hungry. I did the run 12 minutes faster than last time, 3:20. Home before 6:00 a.m. I had a very nice nap on the bus heading into work in Salt Lake City. It feels like I have fully recovered from my 100-mile run 10 days ago.
3 miles walking during lunch and 4 miles running with the dog before dinner. | |
| | Zero day, rest day. Nine hours of sleep. |
| |
Woke up at 3:40. Poked my head outside and saw a slight drizzle coming down. I decided to head to the rec center to wimp out on the treadmill. However.... My electronic key worked fine getting in, but I set off the alarm and high-tailed it out of there. The problem is that the alarm is reset to for day light saving time, but the electronic access isn't, so they are an hour apart. All winter I could get in there at 4 a.m., but now it looks like 5 a.m. is when the alarm disables. Oh well, just another reason to keep me away from those dreaded machines.
So, instead, I put on another layer and decided to run on the Jordon River parkway, starting at Utah Lake. This is a paved trail. With the rain, the real trails would be a muddy mess, so this would be better and I was glad to be away from the streets and homes. I didn't have to use a flashlight because there is nothing to trip over. I was enjoyed running in the dark along the Jordon River. This is a popular running route, but of course at this time in the morning, I had it all to myself. I reached the point where they are constructing a new huge bridge over the river, for the eventual new parkway to the freeway. I dodged the fence (noticing that many have done this before me....worked my way across the contruction area, and dodged the fence on the other side, and was back on the paved trail.
One fun feature of this run was that I kept startling wildlife. First, I heard a huge noise on the river. It was a flock of geese that I startled. Next I head a big noise in the brush, probably a deer, but couldn't tell because it was dark. I next noticed some big critter running in front of me on the trail. I was hoping it wasn't a skunk, it wasn't. I crossed under Lehi Main Street SR 73, crossed the Willow Park, and continued along the river until I reached 9600 North. Then I turned around and headed back.
As I reached the construction zone, I knew I would need to turn on my light, but the chain link fence across the trail arrived sooner than I expected. I bounced off the the fence....boing! Thankfully, the fence wasn't tight, just a temporary fence, so I did actually bounce and didn't get hurt. Pretty funny. I crossed back over and made it back to my car. I ran the 10 miles in about 1:45.
I had a good time running in the dark. When my work moves to Riverton later this summer, I look foward to long runs into to work along this route.
| |
| | Stayed home with a cold/sinus infection. Usually a long run cleans out the head, so for the morning, I went did an 18-mile run, similar to my "hand-gun" route, except I didn't run across the Church farm because I would have been run off by the workers. I rarely run this route in the light, so it was a different experience. While in the wilderness between Saratoga Springs and Eagle mountain, I was surprised to run into a female runner. She was wearing a Salt Lake marathon shirt. She shouted, "Its nice to see someone else running out here." I replied, "Yes, I rarely do." In fact I don't think I ever have seen another runner out there. But that isn't too surprising because I'm usually out there between 4-5 a.m. The run was pleasant and pretty uneventful. It became a little warm out in the middle of Cedar Valley, but then cooled as I climbed back into the foothills. The run felt easy. I was out for 3:10. |
| Race: |
FRB April Fools 10K (6.2 Miles) 00:43:47 | |
I ran in Mary Ann's April Fools 10K on the Provo River Trail. Well....kind of, not really. Dumb, me, I didn't double check the website and didn't know the start time had been moved up two hours. So, when I arrived at 10:30 a.m., Mary Ann was cleaning up. She felt bad, but had no reason to. She encouraged me to go ahead and do the run since the course was still marked and she would put me in the results. Why not, I agreed. It would be interesting to see if I could push myself hard enough alone. Since I had already run 11 miles this morning, I didn't have high expectations. I thought I would run well over 45 minutes. I didn't push the first mile too hard because I didn't want to burn my lungs, but it probably was about a 6:45 pace. The second mile was 6:55. I was feeling good and wasn't pushing it too hard, dodging some walkers and joggers along the way. I reached the turn-around at 21:31:02, which I knew was almost a minute faster than last month on the course, on a 43:02 pace. "OK", I thought, "let's push it harder and see what I can do today." The return is a gradual uphill all the way. My legs felt surprizingly great, to I pushed ahead. I had a mile split of 7:06 and then a lazy mile split of 7:22. After that I kicked it into gear and finished strong with a 43:47. I was pleased. If I would have had competitors to push me, I'm sure I would have done much better, but I still was almost a minute faster than last month on this course. So, I got everything I hoped for, a nice tempo run in great running temperatures and a much better time than expected.
Here is what I did earlier in the morning.
With a storm coming in today, I decided to go punish myself on the treadmill for a little while. I did 7 miles mostly at 10% incline or higher. I did tough spurts up at 25% incline. Ouch. Felt good afterwards. When I went outside to my car, the dawn was approaching and it felt warm at 45 degrees, so I decided to put in 4 more miles along Utah Lake. The geese and birds were really making a racket in the rushes along the lake. I noticed a big flock of geese overhead in formation heading northwest. All of a sudden, something spooked them. They fell out of formation and were flying in all directions making distressful honks. They kept doing this for a couple minutes but then finally calmed down and resumed their journey. Pretty cool. The cold air was a bit nippy on my bare arms, so I pushed the pace pretty hard to stay warm. It has been a good week of running, 83 miles in five days this week.
| |
| | Four mile walk with the dog, scouting out my tomorrow morning's crazy run route. |
| |
This morning, I did something pretty crazy. I ran a marathon before dawn, making it into work at the normal time. Right above my house is a ridge that the locals call Rattlesnake Ridge because of so many rattlesnakes that like to make their homes in all the cracks in the cliffs. Around that ridge is a pretty flat dirt road that loops around the ridge. The loop is about 1.035 miles, very close to a mile. The loops are fairly smooth except for an area that is being crowded by new development. They have dumped some mounds of rocks as they are constructing roads a little lower. So the trail through that section is a little more technical, with some rocks to trip on. The entire loop has about a 50-foot elevation climb/descent.
From my house the approach is 0.7 miles with a 250-foot climb. So, to get a marathon in, I would need to do the approach, run 24 loops, and return home for 26.24 miles. I was up for the challenge and hoped to finish it in about 4:15. It would be a challenge because it would all be in the dark and include a total of 1450-feet of climb/descent. 4:15 seemed to be a good goal to get it done without pushing too hard.
I left the house a little after 1:30 a.m. My wife is out of town so no "you are crazy" comments would be forthcoming. I took up with me three bottles of fluid and some Reeses for some energy along the way.
A nice moon was out to light my way. I decided to alternate the direction of each loop, which would help me keep track of the numbers and help my legs to have some variation. I felt funny about using my bright flashlight much up there at this time in the morning, for fear of attracting attention from the overly ambitious Saratoga Springs police, who have their offices less than a half a mile from my loop. I could just see a police cruiser coming up there and then having to explain my crazy adventure. So, for the first 12 miles or so, I ran almost entirely by the moon-light. It slowed me down somewhat, but was a great challenge. It was neat to look down to the neighborhoods lighted below.
After 4 a.m., I was more confident about turning my light and started to for a least a half a loop. On the west side of the ridge, which is usually very quiet because you can’t hear any noise from the homes or roads below, I heard a strange roar of an engine above me. I was very surprised to see a truck driving down from the ridge. Someone had spent the night up there. Last evening, I noticed a young man rappelling of the cliff up there. It must have been him.
By 5 a.m., the homes and roads below were waking up as more cars were on the roads making their way to work. I only had a few more loops and I pushed the last loop pretty hard. I finished the 24th loop, gathered my stuff and headed home. My finish time was 4:17:47 for my early morning trail marathon.
climb 9:06 1 8:56 2 9:15 3 9:06 4 8:59 5 9:29 6 9:40 7 9:59 8 9:37 9 9:53 10 9:56 11 10:06 12 9:57 13 9:34 14 10:14 15 10:30 16 10:38 17 10:06 18 11:17 19 10:14 20 10:45 21 11:53 22 11:31 23 11:12 24 9:29 return 6:28 total 4:17:47
| |
| |
Another zero day. This is a taper week for me because I will be running in the Desert RATS 50-miler in Fruita, Colorado on this Saturday....more desert slickrock and dirt road running. For 50 or 100-milers, I have found it really does not help at all to run very much during the week before a long ultra. I ran that marathon distance training run on Monday morning, at that is really plenty. I had no soreness at all from that run. The only thing that normally helps during my taper weeks is a few easy miles to keep the muscles happy so I don't feel those phantom taper pains.
After this race, I'll need to figure out my training strategy for my next two races. First Ogden Marathon, and then Squaw Peak 50. Both are totally different, requirely radically different training. I'll need to hit the hill training hard for SP50, but also need to do tempo/speed training for the flats of Ogden. It should be an interesting challenge. |
| |
Another zero mile day today. That is four in a row! Gee and some people think I'm always running. Tomorrow is race day in Fruita, Colorado. The weather looks like it will be very similar to my other two desert races this year, perfect weather. High around 63, low around 36 at start time. Partly cloudy.
I've never run this Desert RATS 50-mile race before, but I have heard that it is fun one. Looks like most of it is on tough mountain bike trails which some good single track. I'm taking two of my sons out with me. They will bike around and have some fun while I race.
I do plan to race (as opposed to just finishing). It will be tougher, since I don't know the course, but I think I'm ready. I hope for about a 10:30 finish which would probably be a top-15 finish out of about 60 starters. I also hope to win the 50+ age group since my buddy Todd Holmes won't be there. But running with mostly Colorado runners is tough. They are fit and fast, and have altitude on their side. There is also a 25-mile race going on at the same time with about 150 runners. My planned 25-mile split time (4:40) will probably rank about 40th among those runners. After completing the 25-mile loop, we will have to do the loop again in the opposite direction. |
| Race: |
Desert RATS 50-mile Trail Run (50 Miles) 10:46:16, Place overall: 24, Place in age division: 1 | |
Full race report now at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=145
I finished the Desert RATS 50 in Fruita, CO in 10:46:16, 24th overall and 1st in the old foggie 50+ age group. It was a wonderful run. The temperature was great (high about 65), but I still became badly dehydrated at one point. I need to do more afternnon training. I also took a wrong turn and wasted 5 minutes or so. I had a great time. Two of my boys came with me and mountain biked while I ran. Home in the evening. It was a fun Saturday. The course was easier than expected even with the 8,000-foot elevation gain/loss. My full race report will come in a few days.
A few quick details. This race is run on mountain bike trails above the Colorado River. The terrain is similar to Moab but with less slick rock. The 50-mile race runs concurrently with a 25-mile race. The 50-milers run the loop twice, the second loop in reverse direction. About 40 miles of the course is smooth single-track. There is about 8000-feet of climb during the two loops, most on four long climbs from the desert floor up to the plateau. On the first climb I was frustrated that I couldn’t keep up with the top 30 runners, but once at the top, I was able to blast by a long train of 20 runners who just didn’t have the technical speed on the downhill. Because it was on single-track, the only way for me to pass them was to go "off road" and do a slingshot sprint around 4-5 runners and then swoop back in line. It felt like I was racing Nascar. I eventually passed them all and and had "clean air" in front of me to run as fast as I pleased. I reached the first check-point (mile 5.9) at 53 minutes. That was nine minutes faster than planned, so I now understood why I was having trouble keep up. It was just too fast. The next 12 miles or so was a blast, rolling trails on a shelf above the Colorado River. I discovered that I struggled to keep up with the runners around me until the trail became more technical, then I had speed about 50% faster than the others and could catch up or press ahead. At mile 9.2 I made a blunder and took a wrong turn out of the aid station. I recognized my mistake after a few minutes. I probably wasted about 6 minutes and fell behind about one-half mile from those I was running with.
The elite front-runners came running toward me at the 21-mile mark. They were eight miles ahead. Amazing. I finished loop one (25 miles) in 4:42, just two minutes slower than planned. By mile 30.9 I was back up to 5-minutes ahead of my planned pace. But then the afternoon became warm and the climbs were tougher. I spent the next couple hours picking off runners ahead of me one-by-one. I pushed very hard from miles 34-37 to pass a couple runners. In doing so I became pretty seriously dehydrated. I noticed heat-stroke symptoms. Chills, light-headed, not sweating. I quickly took action, took two electrolyte pills and pushed the fluids. I backed off my pace significantly. I had built up a big lead over anyone behind me, so no one caught up to me, but I took an extra 10 minutes off my pace to recover. Within a half hour, I felt much better. It was only about 60-65 degrees, but I just wasn’t drinking enough and taking in enough electrolytes. Also, I just haven’t trained much in these temperatures so far this season.
During the final huge climb at mile 45-46, I was really lazy. But then I recognized Milada Copeland from Utah, hot on my tail, less than 3 minutes behind. That woke me up and I started to push much harder. Once on top, I knew that no one would catch me during the last three-miles to the finish. It was mostly downhill and I still had good downhill speed. I finished in 10:46, which was 16 minutes slower than my goal. I knew where I lost those 16 minutes (6 minutes from wrong turn, 10 minutes from dehydration episode).
| |
| |
I still haven't bounced back from the 50-mile race on Saturday. That is a bit unusual for me. Oh well, I'll keep resting. I still feel a little drained, have sore quads and calfs, a sore foot and not a great appetite. I should feel better tomorrow.
On Saturday I plan on running in the Bonneville Shoreline Trail marathon, a yearly free event that most of the local ultrarunners run in. It is a lot of fun. Hopefully the weather will be OK. Come join the fun. See: http://www.users.qwest.net/%7Ecirnielsen/bstannouncepage2.html
| |
| |
My race report is up at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=145
Feeling much better, but nursing a sore foot. I believe this is just a very low ankle/foot sprain, hopefully not a stress fracture. The pain has bugged me for a month or so since twisting the ankle one morning, but it never bothered me much while running normally. I never felt it during the race on Saturday, but a day later it started to hurt. The pain does seem to originate near the base of the 5th metatarsal, a common location for a stress fracture. No swelling, no bruising. I'll continue to lay off and hope that I can run on Saturday. | |
| Race: |
Bonneville Shoreline Trail Marathon (10.6 Miles) 02:16:00 | |
I ran in the Bonneville Shoreline Trail Marathon, a free but very challenging marathon-length run held in the hills above Salt Lake City. Much of this runs on a trail established above the ancient Lake Bonneville Shoreline. This race attracts many of the top ultrarunners in the state. Karl Meltzer, one of the best in the world came to try to beat his course record.
I drove up with Mark Ellison and we both were concerned about the rain falling as we drove up. It could be a very wet, muddy run this year. This would be my third run in the event. I never push hard during this race because I have always run a very long race just the prior week. The same was true this time, since it is just one week since my finish in the Desert RAT 50. The race start up above the homes about 7th East.
We arrived just in time, said some quick hellos and were off. Karl quickly took the lead and I joined in with a group of about eight runners trying to keep up. Within only 100 yards, my left foot slipped a little in the mud, causing it to twist just a little and I again felt the bad pain in my foot that has bothered me this past week. That confirmed things in my mind. It was a foot/ankle sprain on the lower outside of my foot, under the ankle. I had twisted it badly about six weeks ago, but it hasn’t been much of a problem until this week. Today the pain was bad enough that I knew it would be a concern. I slowed down a little, let a couple people pass, but when we hit the downhill into City Canyon. The mud was slick, but I pushed away caution and let gravity take me. I could see that those who were trying to brake, were slipping. I just blasted down as fast as I could.
Once down at the bottom of the canyon, we crossed the road and headed up the shoreline trail. As it started to climb, I backed off a little but tried to keep the pace strong. The foot wasn’t bothering me too much. Eventually the climb became intense and most of us started to power hike. Once up above all the homes above the capital, the trail started rolling and I could kick the speed up a notch. The feet were wet from splashing in puddles. As some descents arrived, I was disappointed to discover that I could not push the speed hard any more. The foot pain held me back. I was again passed by a couple runners. Once over the saddle near Ensign Peak, the road turned into some shoe-sucking mud. Everyone started to slow and I felt sorry for those behind because we were really tearing up the best routes. Finally the road headed down and I started to catch up to some runners, but just couldn’t push it hard. Then the huge climb came. I really couldn’t push a trot up the steep hill because when I push huge pressure on the toes, again the foot hurt. I just power-hiked the best I could and kept my position.
As we climbed higher and higher, we entered the clouds. It was very cool but a bother because I could no longer see the runner ahead of me. Soon buddy Brent Rutledge from Lehi, caught up. It was great to see him. We had not run together since last September. He pushed on ahead and I tried to keep him in sight through the fog. I finally caught up to him as we crested over the top of the mountain, ready for the steep descent back down into City Creek. Brent stepped aside, “Go ahead, you are faster on the downhill.” I encouraged him to keep up and he did a pretty good job staying within about 100 yards. I blasted down as hard as I could and soon passed a woman runner who was being cautious in the mud. Near the bottom of the canyon, I tripped over a rock, caught myself, but felt bad pain in the abs that made be slow to a walk to quickly recover.
Once on the flatter trail, still descending down the canyon, I could tell my foot was not happy at all. I slowed more and eventually Brent caught up again. I cheered him on and complemented him on his great downhill speed. I debated in my mind for awhile, but I knew that I would have to cut my race short and stop after the western loop of the course. The foot pain wasn’t calming down, only getting worse. It wasn’t worth it. So I slowed down some more, and headed back up the other side of the canyon. Mark caught up, I told him the news and retrieved his key to the truck. I complete my 10.6 mile loop of the race in about 2:16 with about 3,100 feet of climbing. I knew I was making the right choice to instead heal from this injury and call it a day.
I drove to the next aid station behind the Huntsman Cancer Institute and had a great time for the next three hours helping at the aid station and talking to the volunteers and all the runners as they came through. It was great fun making fun of the runners covered in mud. When Brent came into view, I decided to make it look like I too just arrived at the aid station. He exclaimed, “How did you get ahead?” I replied, “Oh you must have taken a break or something.” I encouraged him to make a fast stop so we could run together. We left the aid station and I continued to kid him about how I was ahead of him. But then as we climbed, I broke the news that I had really dropped out seven miles back. Ha, ha, great joke. When the trail leveled out, I discovered there was no way I could keep up, the foot was hurting too bad, so I bid him goodbye and hobbled back down to the aid station. Mark later arrived, and he was struggling because of allergies.
A triatholon was also being held on the trail near the aid station. The mountain bikers were riding very fast on the trail. But when the back of their pack arrived, a few started to stop at our aid station and taking drinks and stuff. We just played along. We had so much stuff at the aid station it didn’t matter. A few asked if we were part of the race after they partook, but we just laughed and said we would send them a bill.
After Brent and Mark both return, I drove back to the finish and enjoyed watching runners come in and talked to so many. It was great fun to socialize with this great group. Karl Melzer was there. He did finish in a course record time of 3:47. That is amazing. I still haven’t broken 6 hours on that course. Brent came in about 5:40 and Mark in about 6:20. It was a little disappointing that I didn’t finish the entire course, but it had been a very run morning. Thankfully the rain stayed away during the race, but it was one of the muddiest years for the race. Everyone’s lower legs were caked in mud.
Well it looks like I will have to hit the pool for the next week or so. Pool running, swimming, etc. Booooooring.....keep me away from sharp objects, I may slit my wrists. | |
| |
Well, the foot is very sore today. I could hardly walk, and can’t without a big limp. What is strange is there is no noticeable swelling and no bruising. The source of the most pain seems to be what is called the peronial tendons. One common cause is “running on uneven surfaces.” Hmmm…OK, I do that just a bit. “It can result from running on sloped surfaces or running in shoes with excessive wear on the outside of the heel.” Yep, I checked the shoes, they are worn out, probably 500 miles, outside heel worn. Caused when “foot and ankle are rolled inward,” Yep that happened pretty bad about a month ago or so. I didn’t appreciate this wise crack: “In general, older people are at a higher risk of developing the condition.” Older? Come say that to my face. Let’s race up Timp and see who is old. Treatment, “Cease any activity that is likely to hinder the rehabilitation process.” Ya, ya, ya, I know. “It may take 6 weeks or longer to recover.” Yikes, don’t say that! How to prevent this from happening again, “When running, choose level surfaces and avoid rocks or holes.” Pretty funny. Next thing you will tell me is stick to running on roads. It’s not going to happen.
You have got to love the psychology of an injured runner. We have visions of never being able to run without pain again. We see someone jogging in the neighborhood and get very jealous. We worry that just a few days without training will get us out of shape. All are silly thoughts. Healing will take place, just be patient. | |
| |
The foot a little better today. Yesterday it times it felt like I needed crutches. Today, I still can't walk without a limp, but healing is taking place. Running isn't even an option. I made an appointment with the podiatrist for Thursday. Its been almost three years since I've seen him. He'll at least get a kick out of hearing about my running and looking at my toe nails. But I bet by Thursday most of the pain will be gone....hoping. Once I can rotate it without much pain, I'll start hitting the pool.
Afternoon... can walk without a limp now! My doctor visit Thursday will help rule out stress fracture and hopefully rule out ruptured tendon. What I have learned is that one week of rest won't heal this. If I go back out on the trail after just one week, I'll set it back again. | |
| | Hit the pool this morning. Half hour of pool running with hand floats, half-mile swim in 20 minutes and then hard kicking on my back for 10 minutes (great for the hamstrings). Frustrating, because I wasn't tired and it didn't feel like much of a workout. I guess I will have to double the time. I'm walking without a limp but do feel pain. | |
| |
I hit the pool at 4:00 a.m., well, not really, I had forgotton my pool running hand floaties (they look like dumb bells), so I drove home, got them and came back at 4:15 a.m. I had the entire pool to myself until 5:50 a.m. The pool at Saratoga Springs is a private community outdoor pool but is a large 25 meter pool with six swim lanes. It is heated by thermal heating from the springs so they don't worry about the cost of heating it, thus it can get too warm for hard swimming. This morning it felt like it was about 92 degrees, a bit warm. It actually helps me somewhat by adapting my body to hot-weather running. The pool is open year-round. I've have swam in it when it has been below zero outside. (It is cool too see your hair freeze solid).
I first did 40 minutes of pool "running" in the deep end, doing mostly a cross-country ski type exercise with both arms and legs. To keep me from being total bored, I rigged a mini radio on the strap of my goggles and listened to Mike and Mike in the morning on ESPN radio.
After that I did a one-mile swim (64 lengths) in 44 minutes without stopping to rest. Not blazing fast, but very good for only my second day swimming in over one year. I was surprised that it felt pretty easy. Obviously my cardio fitness is already at peak, so that isn't a problem, but I thought my upper-body and shoulder strength would be a problem and it would take my quite a while to work up to a mile. Not so, it went very well.
One reason my pace isn't that fast is that I have quite a bit of drag in the water. I choose to wear knee-brace sleeves while I swim. With all the kicking, I have found that my knee caps get loosened. When I go back to running, that becomes a problem as the knee caps slide around. So the sleeves keep the knee cap tight into place and I can kick as hard as I want. But it does create lots of drag making me slower. Also, I'm not doing flip-turns. As my upper-body strength improves, I'll add those in. But it isn't about speed, it is about workout.
I've never been a great swimmer, but swimming does seem to be in my family genes. All my kids have been on the high school swim teams, being good enough to be captains of those teams. I had a daughter to placed very high in the state. I was on a swim team for a couple years when I was 10-11 years old, but didn't really excell. I'm just better than average and can swim very far if boredom doesn't kill me.
The morning was was fantastic as I finished up. I heard and saw a couple geese honking overhead. I looked out across the lake and could see Venus rising before the dawn glow. It really is an impressive sight at the pool in the morning.
The foot continues to improve. Tomorrow I will see the doctor. |
| | Hit the pool at 4:05 a.m. Did 50 minutes of pool running and then did a one-mile swim. The pool was blazing hot this morning, at least 96 degrees. For whatever reason they have trouble regulating the pool temperature and at times it climbs high. It is extremely difficult to swim hard and long in a pool that hot, but I got the mile done. Talk about heat training! It felt like I was training for the Badwater race in Death Valley. I did the mile in 48 minutes, but about six of those minutes were spent on the pool deck cooling my body temperature down in the 36 degrees morning air. I finished up the workout by doing about ten minutes of tought deep kicking on my back, really working the hamstrings. I returned home really feeling like I had a hard workout. My body temperature was messed up for awhile. I went to the podiatrist. My self-diagnosis was correct. I have a peroneal tendon strain on the outside of my foot. He took an X-ray and there is no stress-fracture. The doctor gets a kick out of listening to my running history. A young college intern was with him today and the kid couldn't belive what I was saying, talking about 100-mile races. The doctor as a former runner gets it and knows I understand foot-care, injury recovery, etc. He says I really need six weeks of recovery. He gave me a boot to help the tendon rest and an ankle brace to use once I start running again. I mentioned the marathon in 16 days and didn't realize that I said, "its only a road marathon." They both laughed, pointed out what I said. He said that was up to me, but I would likely be hurting after it, setting back the healing. But he quickly said, "I know you understand how to care and treat things like this." So, my plan is to still run in the Ogden Marathon, but I won't enter Sapper Joe 50K which is the following week. Instead I will volunteer for it if they need it. That will give me three weeks of more recovery until Squaw Peak 50. | |
| |
I wore the boot sleeping last night, seemed to help the foot rest. Couldn't bring myself to wear the thing to work. Probably should. I still feel pain walking but can walk normally now. The family won't give me sympathy when I wear the boot. I suggested that I get a bell for them to come running at my beck and call, but that didn't fly. When the phone rings I even still have to get up. There is no respect for the old-man runner who injures himself.
I did the same routine this morning. 45 minutes pool running and a one-mile swim. The pool was much cooler this morning, thank goodness. I did the mile in about 44 minutes and then did vigourous deep kicking while on my back. I had the pool to myself for almost two hours. Two ladies showed up as I left.
I can feel my swimming strength returning with three straight days of mile-swims. The shoulders are starting to feel stronger. Also, it is fairly easy to lose weight swimming, easier than running. I've lost about three pounds this week. On the downside, my skin is starting to be affected by all the chorine and soaking. They over chorinate this pool and my skin doesn't like it. That is one reason I don't usually swim regularly. I'll try to put up with the itching.
I doing fine and actually enjoying the break from running for a little while.
P.M. I walked a mile on the way back from a meeting. It was very discouraging at first. After a quarter mile the pain was almost enough to make me limp. But after a quick stop at a store, I felt much better for the last 3/4rs. The ankle and foot felt good and strong and the pain was minimal. That was more encouraging. I did see a couple runners on the downtown streets and I couldn't help to think to myself jealous thoughts, "Show offs!" | |
| |
I did a tough workout this morning. I swam 2 miles in the pool. The first mile was 44 minutes and during the second mile I stopped at each quarter mile to do vigorous deep kicking. I'm rather amazed that I'm already up to 2 miles in just my first five days of swimming in over a year. That is encouraging. That makes 5.5 miles in the pool this week. Also, I've lost four pounds this week. I had forgotten how easy it is to lose weight swimming as compared to running.
A couple friends came to the pool during my second mile. One of them will run in the Sapper Joe 30K. After all that time in the pool, I went to the rec room and did a little eliptical. I felt no foot pain, so that is great. However, I hate elipticals. The motion just is too far away from the running motion and those machines affect my knees poorly. They put too much pressure on my knee caps in the wrong way if I do long workouts on them. I shifted over to the stationary recombent bike and did a tough hard ride that got the quads burning. Then I did toe lifts to get the calfs burning. The foot didn't hurt during them. In the pool my vigorous kicking on my back got the hamstrings burning. So overall, I think that workout was great.
I'm very encouraged about the foot this morning. I now feel very little pain while walking. I think running 10 miles of the BSTM last Saturday set my recovery back 8 days. I've almost made that up and I will be careful this time during the second week of recovery.
So things are looking up. I'm trying to keep a postitive attitude and just think of this as a nice long taper. With all the miles I've run the past two years I deserve a little break. | |
| | This morning I swam two miles at the Saratoga pool. I've never swam that far prior to work before. My quarter miles splits were 10:29, 11:00, 11:05, 11:02 for 43:37:46 for the first mile. Mile 2 was 11:34, 11:53, 13:04, 11:38 for 47:09 for mile two. It was a good 90 minute workout. The foot feels good this morning, very little pain. It tends to feel better in the afternoons, typical for tendons. |
| |
I swam 2.5 miles before work this morning. This is the furthest I have ever swam in one stretch and it felt pretty easy. That boggles my mind because I have only been swimming for one week. In the past I thought it takes weeks to work up the swiming endurance and I thought I had miserable upper body strength, but I guess, not so. The shoulders feel great and I have no soreness at all. Perhaps my technique is better than in the past.
My split quarter mile (400 meter) times today were: 10:19, 10:25, 10:54, 11:03 for 42:41 for mile 1. 9:46, 11:17, 11:05, 10:43 for 42:51 for mile 2. 10:57, and 11:11 for the last two splits. I did take a little break after the miles to drink Gatorade. Those splits are a good improvement from yesterday. I through in some flip turns now and then to improve the speed.
The pool got pretty crowded during my last few laps as it approached 6:00 a.m. There were eight people in the pool trying to swim laps.
The foot progress is discouraging. I checked the foot last night like the doctor did and the tendon is still pretty painful but the strength is better than last Thursday. I can tell if I tried to start running again now, I wouldn't last long and would really irritate the tendon. This is a very slow heal process. I just hope it can heal without surgery. | |
| |
Swam 1.5 miles this morning. My 400-meter split times were: 10:20, 10:31, 10:35, and 10:55 for 42:21 mile. Next splits were 11:02, 10:33. I then did some leg work. Tough kicking on back for hamstrings, and then 12 hard minutes on the stationary bike. I plan to start doing more leg work. Foot feels a little better today.
11-straight days without running. This is nearing PR territory for me. My last long running break was in March 2007 when I took off 14-days to let a shin splint heal. Then I jumped in and ran 80 miles on the 14th day.
P.M. Walked briskly downtown to and from meetings. Very little pain felt....encouraging. | |
| |
I swam 5k (5000 meters, 200 laps(lengths)) this morning. That is the furthest I have ever swam in one stretch. My 400 meter splits were 10:24, 10:33, 10:47, 10:35 for 42:19 for the first mile. I took a couple minutes break to drink Gatorade. My next splits were 10:44, 11:01, 11:02, 11:01 for 43:48 for mile 2. My next splits were 10:56, 11:01, 11:20, 11:38 for 44:55. My final 200 meters were 6:15. The total 5K time was 2:17:18. I started to cramp in my left calf for some reason toward the end. I guess all the kicking adds up after awhile.
Skin and hair care is a bother. With all the products I have to use it affects my man-hood ego. The biggest irration is to my skin. Despite all the hyrdation gel, cream, etc. My sensative skin goes crazy after awhile from over two hours in the over-chlorinated pool. I hate iching. I'm going to have to find something else to help to stop the itching. I also take care to dry out the ears to avoid swimmer's ear (fungus). That can be very painful. Drying out the ears or putting vinegar in them afterwards helps dry things out. I do use ear plugs while swimming, but still some water gets in.
The foot is feeling very good. I think I may try to experiment with barefoot treadmill walking.
I've set a PR for the most miles swimming in a one-week period. 11.5 miles. That is roughly equivelent with about 70 miles of running at the pace I usually do on trails in the morning. |
| | I slept in, no pool work this morning. OK, it has been eight days since I've been to the doctor for the foot. I've seen some progress but am discouraged because I am so used to recoverying fast from minor injuries. This one is not recoverying fast and thus is probably not minor. I worry that the tendon could be torn. If so, it wouldn't heal from just laying off. I guess I'll give it another week before asking the doctor for an MRI. I am seeing improvement, but it just isn't as fast as I want. | |
| |
I ran for the first time in 14 days, and the first time without bad pain in 21 days! I’ll get to that later. I started off my day in the pool at 4:00 a.m. and I swam a PR distance of 4 miles! I had the pool completely to myself for the first 3 miles and until the “soakers” came to the pool to chat and pretend like they are exercising. Well, at least they are getting out.
It was a little depressing to see how beautiful the early morning was with a nearly full moon out. If I wasn’t recoverying from my foot injury, I would be out on the trail, probably running about 35 miles. But instead, I put on my goggles, ear plugs, and dipped into the waters.
My 400-meter (quarter mile) splits times were: 10:44, 10:41, 10:50, and 10:54 for 43:08 first mile. Next, 11:03, 11:15, 11:33, 11:15, for 45:04 second miles. 11:34, 11:20, 11:24, 11:26, for 45:45 third mile. 11:30, 11:30, 12:00, 11:42 for 46:42 fourth mile. Total for the four miles was 3:00:53. The energy for doing that was roughly the same as running 21 miles. I felt good afterwards and felt like I could have continued on for quite awhile. However, three hours in the chlorinated pool really takes its toll on my skin and hear. Clarifying shampoo helps the hair and a host of skin products helps the skin, but what a hassle taking care of both. I finished of the morning in the pool by doing ten minutes of tough deep kicking while on my back to work the hamstrings.
The morning view was wonderful. It was a beautiful as the sun rose above Mount Timpanogos to shin on the clear blue sky. Some people arrived to do some fishing and a family launched their sail boat from the marina. It was beautiful to watch the boat float out into Utah Lake.
I next went into the exercise room and timidly decided to try running on a treadmill. With this injury, I have read that barefoot running is possible at some point. Running barefoot does not put as much stress on the injured tendon. At first my pace was only a 18-minute mile pace with a timid jog. Great, no pain at all. I eased up the pace slowly and eventually reached a 10-minute mile pace. Still no pain. During the second mile I experimented pushing the pace clear up to 8-minute mile pace. Not bad, but I’m not used to running barefoot, so my foot placement wasn’t smooth enough. I backed off. I then tried to run at 5% incline, but pretty quickly started to feel some pain, so I returned to the flats. After two miles, I peddled on the bike for 15 minutes and then returned to run one more mile. My feet bottoms aren’t used to the barefoot running. It will take a little while for them to get used to that.
So, I was very encouraged. It was very nice to feel the running muscles working again. I had visions of never being able to run again without pain. There now is hope. I’ll continue to be very careful.
Wow, up to 7 miles for the month! 900 miles for the year. But in the bright side, I swam a PR one-week distance of 13 miles. That is roughly equivelent of running 68 miles. I am maintaining my overall fitness and the swimming is helping the core get stronger. | |
| |
I walked three miles with the dog this afternoon to experiment with the foot. Usually with tendonitis, after the tendon gets warmed up the pain decreases. I was curious how it would feel on a long walk. The first mile was discouraging but I noticed on the second mile that I was thinking about other things, not the foot because the pain decreased. Mile three was even better. I tried some power walking to increase the pace and it worked fine. But there is still a main location for the pain. It seems to be the insertion point of the peroneal longus tendon at the 5th metatarsal that passes through the plantar ligament. I’m encouraged that the pain doesn’t go far up the tendon. A rupture is usually a longitutal tear, and I don’t think I’m feeling that. It likely is a strain with fraying near the insertion point.
After the walk, after sitting and getting up I felt very little pain at all, felt better than at the beginning of the run. But going in bare feet still feels much better than shoes.
| |
| |
One mile walking in downtown San Francisco. Seven miles on the treadmll in the hotel! Wow, most miles in ages. It felt very easy. The leg muscles wanted to go on and on. Averaged about 9-minute miles. Pushed it up to 6:45 pace for awhile. Mild pain in the foot, but I did run six of those miles in shoes, a fist during this recovery. I couldn't run in my La SportTiva Fireblades because they are a little narrow and put pressure on the sore tendon...probably part of the orginal problem. So I had some old Montrails with me and they worked well. I'm going to need to buy some racing flats if I run Ogden on Saturday.
I ran the last mile without shoes, in socks. That felt great, no pain, but I was stupid and ended out with a blister on the bottom of one foot. Oh well, that will force me to not put on too many miles before I am ready. They also have a nice lap pool at the hotel, so I can keep doing my ultra swimming while I'm at this conference. |
| | Swam a mile in the hotel lap pool at 6:00 a.m. Unfortunately it doesn't open before 6 a.m. so I didn't have time to do more. Took a walk downtown during the lunch hour and was surprised to feel zero pain in the foot. What's up with that? Nice. In the evening I ran 9 miles on the treadmill. I was delighted to not feel the foot pain at all until the last mile. I averaged 8:00 miles. One of the miles was a 6:40 mile. I'm delighted that it seems like my recovery is at a point where exercise is now accelerating the recovery. I did feel some pain on the tendon above the ankle, but I think that is more from lack of use over the past four weeks. Hopefully I can start strengthening the ankle now. Running dreams are funny. I had a very vivid running dream a few nights ago. I dreamed that I was running in the Wasatch 100, but it was all screwy of course. I arrived at an aid station, but had to run through a house. On the other side of the house I went out the door but the course was no longer marked outside the house. I found myself in Washington D.C. I along with other runners were frustrated not knowing where to go next. It seemed like we had to circle around the National Mall, but I wasn't sure what road to take. I was confused that this mountain course was in the city. Still lost, I returned to the house and organized several other runners to go through the streets with me. We each took a different street hoping that we could find some course markings. The race volunteers at the house were of no help and refused to tell use the right way to go. This approach didn't work and I returned frustrated again to the house. I had now wasted several hours. A T.V. was on and a reporter was interviewing the winner of the Wasatch 100. Wow, he had already finished. Hold it, it was still light outside. How could he finish a 100-miler before sunset? I thought, gee, the front-runners knew the course, they have done it before. But that thought confused me because I realized that I had run the course before a couple times. Very strange. Why was I in Washington D.C.? Finally I woke up in a state of running confusion. Got to love those 100-mile race dreams. I'm always getting lost. |
| | Up at 5 a.m. Ran 7 miles on the treadmill. Mild pain in the foot the entire time. That it typical for mornings. The tendon insertion point passes through the Planter Fascia, so in the morning it takes a little while for the foot to warm up in that point. An hour after the run, the foot felt fine. Also swam one mile in the lap pool. Gave up when a big guy decided to swim on his back between the two lanes and couldn't stay in his lane, hitting me.
Gee, it is nice to see my name on the first page of the mileage board this morning. Haven't seen that in several weeks.
If things continue to go well, looks like I will run Ogden on Saturday. However, turning sub-7 minute miles for very long may be a problem. I do need to find some new shoes. None of the shoes I have will work with my foot problem.
In the evening, walked two miles in downtown San Francisco. I had a nice dinner at a Turkish resturant with my older sister who lives in town and I only see about once a year. It was great to see her. She has been doing a little trail running and will run in an 8K on Saturday. | |
| |
I'm in taper-mode now, resting for the Ogden Marathon on Saturday morning. I believe I will be fine once I find the right shoes that don't put pressure on the tendon. I'll go shoe shopping on Friday afternoon.
I ran two easy miles on the treadmill, just enough to warm up the muscles and foot. No pain this morning during the run. I then swam one mile in the lap pool. Feeling good. In the hot tub I ran a jet over the foot and can issolate the pain area on the tendon. It is less than yesterday. The ankle feels weak (weaker than usual...usually it is very strong.)
I've started to do some ankle exercises...foot drills that make a lot of sence. See: http://www.coachr.org/the_foot_drills.htm
The only drill that is painful is walking on the inside of the foot.
I walked a mile in downtown San Francisco and at the airport. I'm on my way back home. | |
| | All systems are go for Ogden Marathon tomorrow. I found some road shoes that feel good and don't hurt the tendon, Mizuno Elixir. Did an easy one-mile job outside, my frist mile run outside in three weeks. Felt fine. The quads were telling me to run faster. "Hold back, just wait until tomorrow." This should be interesting with the huge taper I've had for the last five weeks. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 2.00 |
|
| Race: |
Ogden Marathon (26.2 Miles) 03:24:49, Place overall: 149, Place in age division: 6 | |
I ran in the Ogden Marathon, in Ogden, Utah, a fast beautiful race that is mostly downhill. It would be only my third attempt at a road marathon in comparison to 46 finishes at the ultra marathon distance. I was nervous going into this race, for good reason, because I had not fully recovered from a non-minor foot injury. I had really not run seriously for five weeks, when I last raced a 50-mile race. I had only started to do some treadmill miles a few days earlier. My theory for going ahead with this race is that the injured tendon is not very involved in straight ahead flat road running. On the other hand, on trails, the tendon if very involved to keep balance. So I decided to go ahead and give it a try. How would I do without any significant running training in five weeks? I did swim many miles in the pool to keep my fitness up, but I was nervous that my leg muscles weren’t tuned well enough to maintain the fast intense speed of a marathon.
I set some goals for the race. I wanted to at least break 3:25, which would be a PR time and a Boston qualifier time for me by ten minutes. Looking at the results for the past couple years and knowing a few runners in my age group who would likely run, I also set a goal to finish in the top 7 for my age group. If I had a perfect race, a top-3 finish would be within reach, but I knew that was very unlikely given my injury. I don’t really train for road marathons since I mostly stick to the trails and run longer distances. So it is an interesting experiment to me when I give one of these races a try.
I got up very early and left my home around 3 a.m. to drive up to Ogden. I arrived with 45 minutes to spare before the buses would leave. Instead of standing around in the cold to wait for a bus, I sat in a warm hotel lobby and watched the enthusiastic runners making preparations. The bus ride was long and intimidating. It drove nearly the entire course and it sure seemed very long.
The start area was next to a wide open field at 5400 feet. I noticed frost on the grass and quickly made my way over a warm barrel fire and kept warm for an hour waiting for the 7 a.m. start. The course would drop about 1,100 feet and end in downtown Ogden.
Even with all the ultrarunning I do, I feel like quite the rookie at road marathons. That makes it somewhat interesting to me, learning something new.
I lined up between the 6-7 minute-mile flags. I wouldn’t keep that pace going for long but wanted to start out that fast. Shortly after 7 a.m., we were away, following the South Fork of the Ogden River. The morning was beautiful and the temperature was perfect. I was a little tentative as I tested out the foot, but it seemed to behave. I had bought some new road shoes that didn’t put much pressure on the outside of the foot where the tendon is. I was so pleased to be running again. My first few mile splits were 6:18, 7:03, 6:49, for about a 20:30 5K time. That split over 7 minutes got my attention. I really wanted to keep my splits less than 7 minutes as long as possible, then under 8 minutes as long as possible.
I noticed the foot would complain a little when the road sloped to the inside or outside on turns, so I tried to stay on the more level portions of the road, which meant that I wasn’t cutting the corners very close. I also noticed pain on the steeper downhills. But so far, things were going well. I had some good time to observe the other runners around me. I saw several with fastrunningblog jerseys who I recognized but didn’t know.
My next splits (miles 3-6) were 7:06, 6:10, and 6:51 for about a 41:15 10K split, which would have been a PR by over two minutes if we were stopping there. That 6:10 split is very suspect. I think they had the mile marker in the wrong place.
I started to slow somewhat into a more sustainable pace. I noticed that runners who could keep a 7-minute miles were passing me left and right. My next few mile splits (miles 7-10) were 6:56, 7:27, 7:48, and 7:33. I carried a hand-held water bottle, but I knew that wouldn’t last so at each aid station I tried to grab a quick drink. At certain aid stations those in the relay race would jump in a take over. This was a little confusing because more people would start passing me. The views were wonderful as we circled around Pineview Reservoir where I had water-skied many years ago.
I did start having a problem. My right calf felt like it was going to get sore and cramp. This is my challenge in past marathons and I knew it would be a problem since I haven’t done enough recent tempo runs. When I tried to push a 7-minute mile pace, it got worse, so I had no choice but to back off the pace. I didn’t want to finish with a strained calf.
From miles 11-15 the course is more generally uphill, with one half-mile steeper hill after mile 14. At the top was an aid station and someone yelled out my name and waved. I couldn’t tell who it was. It was good to hit downhill again, run over Pineview dam, and then hed steeply down Ogden Canyon. My splits from miles 11-13 were 7:47, 7:34, 8:01, for about a 1:42 half-marathon split. There was a big crowd at this location, where the half marathon race started. My splits from miles 14-16 were 7:54, 9:06 (hill) and 7:44. I was a little discouraged because it was now very tough to keep the splits under 8 minutes.
I had now been running for nearly 2 hours and had about ten more miles to go. My energy level was suffering so I started to take gels more often. That seemed to help. I did notice that runners were passing me multiple times. It appeared that several would lollygag at the aid stations.
I really enjoyed running along the Ogden River as it roared down the canyon. We now had high canyon walls on either side covered with pines. My splits for miles 17-22 were 7:53, 8:08, 8:14, 8:32, 8:12, 8:42. I was now really struggling. I was keeping the cramping at bay. An S! cap helped. I wished I had brought more. But my quads and hamstrings were complaining. I was also breathing hard. I was really giving it everything I had. I never had any lazy stretches. We caught up and passed many half-marathon walkers who gave us nice words of encouragement.
We entered the Ogden River Parkway, a beautiful paved trail that winds and rolls along the River. As I looked at the time, I knew I had a sub-3:30 in the bag as long as I didn’t cramp up. But I just couldn’t find any sub-9-minute speed. Miles 23-24 were 9:09 and 9:02. OK, just 2.2 miles to go as I was at 3:05. If I could keep the pace up I could reach my goal of a sub-3:25. I couldn’t have any miles over 10-mintues. At the last aid station, fellow-ultrarunning Cory Johnson yelled out a greeting and took a picture of me.
Mile 25 was 9:05. As we reached the one-mile to go mark, a guy next to me gave me a high five. “One mile left!” We were all excited and tried to kick it up another notch. We spilled out on a long straight city road. I was so pleased that this marathon only had one mile of city streets. The last mile was tough. It felt like I had a bad blister on the ball of my other foot. I did my best to ignore it and just pushed ahead as hard as I could. Mile 26 split was 9:13. The finish line was now really in sight with big crowds on the left and right. The guy on the loud speaker was mentioning breaking the 3:25 mark. I did it, I finished in 3:24:49!
I was pleased. Despite my injury and lack of recent training, I had set a PR by 11 minutes and requalified for Boston. I finished in 6th place in my age group (out of 75) and 149th overall with a large field of about 1,800 runners. I reached all my goals for the race---barely. My foot felt fine and I managed to finish without any muscle pulls. People who finished around me mentioned that it had been hotter than expected. I really didn’t notice the heat and managed to keep well-hydrated.
I think I could squeeze another ten minute improvement on this course, but I really have no interest in chasing marathon minutes. I would much rather chase ultramarathon finishes. I next need to get my foot healed enough to attack trails. Squaw Peak 50 is in only three weeks.
Recovery has been interesting. My legs seem more sore than after a typical 100-mile race. Probably from the lactic acid buildup or the lack of recent training. But the big different is that after a 100-mile race, I am physically drained for a few days, loss of appetite, taste, sinuses whako, etc. These marathons have no such effect. I feel great but the legs sure are sore. The injured foot was a little sore for the next 24-hours. Probably only set recovery back a day or two. That is good news. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 27.00 |
| |
| | Wow, I am still sore. This is a big surprise. Takes my mind off of the sore foot, which isn't very sore at all. Looks like I'll be running again in a couple days. |
| | Still pretty sore, but at least not walking funny today. I was going to get up and swim before work, but didn't get to sleep until midnight, so I slept in. Maybe tomorrow. |
| |
I swam 1.5 miles this morning. Could have gone further, but I just lost interest. Too boring. My speed is increasing as my arm strength gets better. My 400m splits were 10:40, 9:38, 10:07, 9:53, for a 40:18 mile. I was pleased to see to splits under 10 minutes. My final splits were 10:54 and 11:33 as I lost motivation. I'm ready to try running dirt roads. My foot still has some pain, but the marathon I ran Saturday didn't set it back. I have less pain this week than last. I'll first try running some smooth dirt roads with hills that won't have much risk of rolling the ankle.
The leg soreness from the marathon is greatly improved. Calfs a little sore and a hamstring, but nothing terrible.
I'm encouraged about my injured foot recovery. I know I can run roads again (Gee, I ran a PR marathon last Saturday by over 10 minutes!), but when will I be able to race on trails again? I still can't see the light at the end of that tunnel. Squaw Peak 50 is in only 17 days. Bighorn 100 is now 31 days away. I'd hate to skip Squaw Peak since it would be my fifth finish. I guess I better start looking for an ankle brace that will work for running 50 miles.
After work, ran slow miles with the dog. The calfs were still tight, so I took it very easy. After a couple miles, things felt better. I looked up into the hills and the legs begged me to take them up. So I ran up a road and ran on some roads in the foothills. I decided to really do some testing, and ran down on a dirt road. The uneven surface immediatly started to work the bad foot/ankle. It was discouraging at first but then things became better. The weakness in the ankle is pretty obvious. Will I ever be able to run trails with great speed and strength again?
Well, the legs aren't quite ready to boost long fast miles, so I'll hit the pool again in the morning. It is pretty interesting that a 3:24 marathon takes me as long to recover from as a 10 hour 50-miler. I'll be back in the saddle to run smooth roads on Friday. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 4.00 |
|
| |
I swam two miles in the pool this morning. For the first time since I took up swimming again a few weeks ago, I broke 40 minutes for a mile. I know, not blazing fast, but an improvement being seen. 400m splits were: 9:59, 9:50, 10:09, 9:56 for 39:54. I took it easy for the 2nd mile, 11:26, 11:31, 12:09, 12:43.
The morning was beautiful in the outdoor pool. I could see a crescent moon with Venus close by rising above the notch of Provo Canyon far away to the east. With each lap, the glow in the sky increased and the moon and planet rose higher in the sky.
The injured foot has increased pain this morning. I don't know what the deal is. This is discouraging. The summer racing schedule is getting closer.
During the morning I walked several blocks over to another building. I was very discouraged. The pain in the foot is similar to what it was two weeks ago. Yesterday there was hardly any pain. What is going on? I do recall waking up last night after I stretched the foot in my sleep and feeling a little painful pop. Maybe I need to sleep with the boot on again.
After the tendon warmed up it felt quite a bit better, but still, on the way back I opted to take Trax instead of walking. I'm having visions of pulling out of Squaw Peak 50, Big Horn 100, etc. All those race fees could go wasted. Maybe it is time to find another sport, like synchronized swimming. | |
| |
OK, after all the whining on this blog yesterday, by afternoon I had no pain in the foot. Go figure. One theory is that my dress shoes that I wear to work are bad for the tendon. I'll go get some new ones.
This morning I forgot to set the alarm so didn't wake up until 4:45. The foot was still pain-free, so I headed to the rec center to run the treadmill. As I arrived, I thought to myself how stupid this was. It was 51 degrees out and the morning was perfect. Why not run outside? So I turned around and drove home.
I'm still not ready to run trails, but if I am going to run Squaw Peak in two weeks, I need to start doing more hill training. So, what I did was run up a paved road called Grandview Blvd that goes for one mile and climbs 300 feet. I ran up and down it three times. I was tentative, because of the foot. I felt more pain on the downhill but it was very mild. My mile splits for the last two trips were: 10:52 (up), 10:22 (down), 11:15 (up), 10:25 (down). The sore muscles from the marathon last Saturday are almost gone...just a little in the calfs and hamstring.
On the downside, the neuroma in my right foot is a problem. It really flaired up during the marathon and still is a problem after five miles. Pavement flairs it up a lot more than trails. A neuroma is a bunching of nerves in the ball of the foot that shoots bad pain up into your toes. It can hurt terribly. If it flairs up during ultras, usually after 7 miles is calms down, probably because the rest of the foot swells a little and protects it. But right now it is about as bad as it has been. Stupid pavement. I wish I could get off it.
Tomorrow I'll go volunteer at the Sapper Joe 50K which is only a few miles from my home. I was going to run this race, but instead I will volunteer. This is the first race I will miss because of my injury. I hope emotionally I won't be too bummed out. I will make sure I wear jeans instead of my running gear to prevent myself from running with friends.
P.M. Three more miles with the dog including up and down the Grandview mile (300 feet climb). Splits 9:14 up, 7:20 down. Felt pretty good to work the legs a little harder.
|
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 9.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Sapper Joe 50K (31 Miles) 06:00:00 | |
I ran in the Sapper Joe 50K held at Camp Williams, Utah in Bluffdale, about six miles from my home. Well, actually I ran 23 miles on the course during the race. I never entered the race, but I’ll get to this. This is a new race run entirely on a military base on dirt roads normally closed to the public. But thanks to Lt. Colonel Milada Copeland, a talented ultrarunner, this new race became possible.
My childhood friend, Jim Kern drove down and spent the night at my home. He would be running in his second 50K. As we arrived at the base, we were immediately impressed with the number of “volunteers” involved, guardsmen doing parking and helping all the runners get ready. They were all dressed in fatigues. They had their huge military vehicles warmed up and ready to go out on the course. There are a whole series of hills and valleys within running distance of my home that I have never been able to explore. This race would open up these roads and trails to be experienced by the public.
But, I didn’t enter the race. My foot injury prevented it. I hoped to help out with the race and at least go out on the course. I told people that I wouldn’t even bring my running gear. However, at the last minute, I threw it in the car.
Before the start, I jumped in Phil Lowry’s car. He was going out to the first aid station to take pictures. I was thrilled to see these new valleys, hills, and ridges that were within sight of my home and my training territory. We watched the sun start rising over the ridges and set up a location to shoot pictures. I decided to go down to the aid station and help the military personel get ready for the onslaught of runners. Runners would be arriving for both the 30K and 50K. It was fun to hear them call each other “sir” and “mam”. Milada as ranking officer was clearly respected and in charge.
I was surprised how long it took for the first two runners to complete the 5.7 mile leg. But I would learn how difficult that first leg was. It included a steep descent down a ball-bearing-like hill. As they were running along the foothills, we could see two deer running ahead of them, as if they were pacing them. It was quite the sight. Phil was nearby and shot some nice pictures. Karl Jarvis and Christian Johnson were the first two to arrive. It was great fun to see so many of my friends arrive. I kept explaining why I wasn’t running. The foot was feeling pretty good, but I knew it was the right decision to skip this race. The aid station got very busy and I did my best to help, especially for runners I knew. I wanted to give them special treatment. I was very impressed how fast Craig Lloyd (jun) arrived. Looking at the runners who arrived before and after him, I think I would have had a tough time keeping up with him. Jim was among the final 50k runners to arrive. It looked like he was doing well.
After everyone left, I was impressed to watch the military efficiency as the immediately torn down the aid station and cleared out the area. I drove back to the start/finish with Phil and we watched the first 30K runner finish with an amazing time of 2:42.
I then could not resist. I went to my car, put on my running gear and headed out to run the course backwards. This would be great fun to greet every runner on the course. This was the first time I had attempted any serious running on a trail in a month. I soon ran into Craig and reversed direction to run 100 yards or so with him. He had an impressive race for a rookie. Not far after him was neighbor Will Nielson. I also ran a bit with him. It was fun to talk with him for a few minutes and hear about the course. I continued this pattern over and over again for any runner who I knew well.
After the long climb, I arrived at aid station #4 in just over an hour. The servicemen there were surprised to see me and thought I was crazy. I helped out at the station until the front-running 50K runners arrived. Karl Jarvis was in first, followed by Christian about a half mile behind. Christian mentioned that he blundered in only running with one water bottle. It was starting to get a little warm. After Christian left, I continued my run, heading toward aid station #3 about six miles away.
When I arrived at a steep hill, I started seeing many of my running friends. I had fun doing “hill repeats.” I would run down the steep hill until I found a friend and then reverse direction to run with them back up the hill. It was a tough climb. I probably did that about five times. I was glad to get the hill training in. The views were amazing. I saw views of my home valley that I had never seen before from these military base ridges.
How was the foot doing? So-so. I did feel some pain with every step but it wasn’t bad. I learned that if I put more weight on the outside of the foot, the pain would decrease. I also learned that I just couldn’t run at top speed. When I tried, the pain would go up, so I took it generally easy.
After fooling around, socializing with everyone, I noticed my one water bottle was almost empty. I needed to get down to business and try to reach aid station #3 before Jim came through. If they tore down the aid station before I arrived, I would be in a bad position without fluid. Well, I almost made it. With less than a mile to go, I found Jim. I had no choice but continue on. As I ran hard down to the aid station, I could see that they had already packed everything up. They were kind and let me fill up and grab some food. I then asked if I could hitch a ride back to catch up with Jim. Even if I ran very hard, I probably couldn’t catch him for over an hour. So, a kind volunteer gave me a ride for a couple miles until we found Jim who was the last of the 50K runners. I guess I would play the role of being the course sweep.
Jim was having some serious ITB problems and just couldn’t push the speed. I eventually ran ahead to the aid station and reported that there were just two runners behind me. (I had passed another runner struggling). I almost stepped on a snake croassing the road, but it didn't look like a rattler. I scarfed down a bunch of food, felt much better, and waited for the two to arrive. They were both thinking of dropping even though they made the cutoff by three minutes. I encouraged them both to continue and they did.
Well, I had had enough of the slow running, so I kicked it into gear and ran the last downhill 5.5 miles as fast as my foot would allow, descending a beautiful desert canyon back toward Camp Williams headquarters. I passed another runner and finished that leg in only 50 minutes. Cheers were heard as I arrived, but I sheepishly explained that I wasn’t in the race. Milada asked, “Davy, what are you doing?” She knew I was injured. I explained that I ran 23 miles. She wanted to give me a finisher medal but I refused.
For the next half hour or so, I enjoyed talking to all the guardsmen about running and the fine day. A few of the “volunteers” wished that they didn’t have to be there, but most seemed to really get into the experience. Jim finally arrived after a tough 9:25 finish and received his finisher award. I was amazed to watch that within five minutes, with military organization, the finish area was taken down. Everyone drove away before us. It was a wonderful day and and great success for a first-time race. I really hope that it will continue.
How is the foot? I know, I shouldn’t have done this. Don’t yell at me too bad. Both feet were sore by the end of my run because I ran in road shoes and the course was rougher than expected. The tendon is sore but I’m not limping, yet. Tomorrow will tell me how bad and whether this will set back my recovery. It still was a good test. This will help me figure out how to approach running Squaw Peak 50 in two weeks.
|
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 23.00 |
| |
| | After feeling pain in the foot all last evening after my 23-mile trail run, I slept with my boot on to stablize the foot and ankle during the night. I feared that today I would be limping badly. When I woke up early for me Sunday meetings, I tentatively stepped on the foot. Huh, no pain. I walked, no pain. I later put on my shoes, no pain. This really is strange. The foot feels better than it has in weeks. I have to only theorize that it has healed enough to allow me to put stress on it. This will strengthen it and help it to heal faster. I'm greatly encouraged. | |
| Race: |
Striders Memorial Day Half Marathon (13.1 Miles) 01:37:01, Place overall: 6, Place in age division: 1 | | I wanted to get in an early Memorial Day run, but with an evening downpour, I knew the trails would be slick and I couldn’t risk twisting the bad ankle. So instead I discovered that Striders was putting on a half marathon up in Syracuse. That would be a nice tempo run and wouldn’t do any damage to the foot, so I got up early and made the drive up north. It had only been nine days since I ran Ogden Marathon and two days since I ran 23 miles on the Sapper Joe course. Oh well, I would give it a try. The course is out on country roads and a beautiful paved parkway trail near Great Salt Lake. The morning had cleared up nicely and the temperature was in the 50s. It looked like there were about 150 runners out for the event. Away we went and three runners shot out ahead along with a 12-year-old who I had heard at the start talking about running a 1:30. It wasn’t very long until he started falling back, he had only been dreaming. I was running in 5th place. I could see that two of the runners ahead were setting a blistering pace that couldn’t be matched by a runner in black. By mile two I had passed the kid and wasn’t very far behind the runner in black. But my main challenge started hit me right away as the calf muscles started to tighten up, still not recovered from the Ogden Marathon. My first three mile splits were: 6:30, 6:53, and 7:04. I knew that I would need to back off the pace. The calves just couldn’t handle 7-minute miles. Another runner caught up, passed me and the runner in black. For the next few miles I would play leap-frog with the runner in black who would slow down and then speed up when I would pass him. Soon the heat got to him and his hot black shirt came off. The course turned onto the Parkway trail and rolled along. Another runner passed me with a young runner in tow, but I quickly was able to re-pass the second runner and he fell behind. When we reached Antelope Drive, the underpass was flooded and we had to bound in a long pool of water over a foot deep, splashing me clear up to my waist. It was great fun and I didn’t mind having wet feet. The heavy shoes did slow me down a little but they quickly dried up. My splits (miles 4-7) to the turn-around were 7:25, 7:29, 7:28, 7:32, pretty consistent. At the turn-around I was in 5th place overall. The runner who used to be in black passed me again as we turned around and headed in the opposite direction on the parkway trail. I could now see the runners behind, the next runner was the first-place woman. I didn’t notice any old guys like me close behind. After another mile, the woman runner passed me, running strongly. I pushed harder, trying to stay close. It worked because I passed the runner who used to be in black for the last time. My next few splits (miles 8-10) were 7:26, 7:37, and 7:51. I was able to keep the first-place woman runner in sight and at times would gain on her quite a bit but then would fade. The tight calf muscles just wouldn’t let me push much harder. I didn’t want to risk a muscle strain, so just went as fast as the legs would allow. I looked behind and the next runner wasn’t too close. The final miles took us back to the park and then we did a big final mile loop and then finally headed on the final mile to the finish. I could see a runner behind gaining on me so I pushed much harder. I didn’t want to give up my hard-earned placement. My final mile splits (11-13) were 7:54, 7:49, and 7:18. I was pleased with the effort on that final mile. I was also pleased to see that I didn’t have any splits over 8 minutes. I crossed the finish line in 1:37:01. Not blazing fast, but a very good effort on this course that had no real downhills. I finished in 6th place overall and won my old-fart age group (50-59). Not bad. In fact if I was 20-29, I would have finished in second, in the young-buck age group. I had a good time talking to some runners including the first-place woman runner who finished a minute ahead of me, telling them about my crazy ultrarunning. I think without the sore calf muscles, I could have improved about three minutes. I received a first-place medal. It was a fun morning and a good workout. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| | Two miles swimming. 400m splits were 9:42, 10:08, 9:45, 10:07 for a 39:42 first mile. I then took it easy with sore shoulder: 11:31, 11:44, 11:43, 12:08. |
| |
Tested the foot with an early morning trail run on uneaven dirt roads and a stretch of single-track trail. Minor pain was there just as a reminder, but I was pretty tentative and protective of the foot, always leading off with the other on difficult sections, and favoring sections of the road the sloped to the left. The after effects are discouraging. The foot is more sore today. We'll see if it calms down by afternoon. It sure was nice to be out on the trail today and watch the dawn arrived. I even through in a bushwack up a hill and across a wheat field. It was nice to run without a flashlight for a time before 6 a.m. I did run in old shoes, need to get some new ones delivered.
I'm pondering about Squaw Peak 50 in only 9 days. This will be my 5th year running it. My finishes have improved every year, 60th, 57th, 49th, and last year 28th. Not bad considering 280 entrants. My best time has been 11:40. I really want to get my 5th finish, but I may reinjure the foot that hasn't totally healed. It is a big risk. Much of the course is "foot fiendly" but some isn't, like the traverse around Baldy and the section around Windy Pass. Even the early section in the morning going up Squaw Peak will be a challenge. I can usually reach the top of Hobble Canyon Road in under 5 hours. I doubt that will happen this year. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 9.00 |
| |
| |
Yesterday morning's trail run seemed to leave my foot a little too sore. But by evening there was no soreness (when walking...but can feel a little pain if I rotate it) and when I woke up this morning it wasn't sore. So I decided to stick to the roads this morning.
I did hill repeats up Grandview Blvd, a one-mile stretch that climbs about 300 feet. I did that five times for ten miles. My mile splits times on the uphill were: 11:10, 10:26, 10:48, 10:31, and 13:27. My mile splits on the downhill were: 8:51, 8:44, 8:40, 9:03, and 11:53. It was a good workout. I didn't push it too hard. The foot felt fine afterward. I can tell there is weakness in the ankle.
I plan on running Gruesome Grizzley 8k tomorrow in Provo Canyon to test the foot out pushing the speed on a trail. I think there is an 80% chance that I will run Squaw Peak 50 in a week. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 10.00 |
|
| Race: |
Gruesome Grizzly 8k (4.85 Miles) 00:42:50, Place overall: 28, Place in age division: 2 | |
This blog software is very lame. I wrote up a good race report, hit submit and it was lost. Maybe I'll write something later. It was a fun race, I ran it at a typical 50-miler pace for me to test out the injured foot/ankle. I enjoyed meeting some of the bloggers, jun, Twinkies, etc. They ran very well. I felt slow, old, fat, and out of shape. But still beat my time from last year somehow. They had non-standard age groups and I was in the 41-50 age group. How offensive. I've worked very hard to stay alive for 50 years and have earned the right to compete against the old-foggies, but here they put me in with the kids! I still finished in 2nd. They guy right ahead of me who I knew was younger, got first. Bummer. I should have reeled him in afterall.
I did have fun on the flat canal road up above the canyon. I was finding some good foot speed, reeling in Twinkies and others fast. I backed off once I saw the downhill coming, planning to blast down it like crazy, but it didn't happen. I got within about 20 yards of Twinkies, but the foot pain became more intense and Twinkies did great blasting down the hill. I maintained a good pace and eventually finished in 42:50. This year I didn't take a detour near the finish.
The foot test was a failure. By afternoon, the foot was sore and I was almost limping. This is discouraging. I'll bet it will feel fine tomorrow, but still, why can't it just heal up and go away. I'll start Squaw Peak 50 next week, but there is a 50-50 chance I won't finish. We'll see. I don't want to miss it because it is a chance to run with so many of my ultra friends. I'd rather run SP50 than Bighorn 100 which is only in three weeks.
I'm planning to stay off the foot all week and taper. My uphill speed will probably be pathetic, but if the foot cooperates, I should be able to blast down the dirt roads next week. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 11.00 |
| |
| |
Ah, it is a new month. It is discouraging to see how low my mileage has been the past two months, but overall, it isn't that bad for the year. I'm about 140 miles behind last year which was my all-time high mileage year. But I'm right on pace with 2007.
This will be a non-running week to further heal the foot. This morning I swam two miles in the pool. The pool was a little hot, perhaps over 93 degrees so it made it tough to go fast. 400m splits were 10:36, 10:52, 10:21, 10:46, 11:10, 11:42, 11:31, and 10:57. (Same energy as running 11 miles).
I also need to lose weight this week. Starting at 183, ten pounds over my desired racing weight.
P.M.
Walked 5 miles during lunch. Discouraged. There is a little lump that I can feel on the bottom of my foot where the tendon inserts through the planter ligament to the 5th metetarsal. It gets annoyed. I'm going to experiment with a notch in an insole. Perhaps that can take away some pressure on it. | |
| |
Swam in the pool one mile. I had time to do three miles but the pool was very hot today, probably about 96. It felt like hot mollases. It was great heat training but just brutal having your upper body in it for a long time. The pool is heated by natural springs and somewhat difficult to regulate. Hopefully it will be cooler tomorrow. After the mile swim I did plenty of kicking on my back, working the hamstrings.
I walked four miles during lunch. Today is a good foot day. I feel less pain today than any other day so for. On my insole, I did carve out some of the cusion material in the location that affects the tendon. Sure enough, that seemed to help a bunch.
Yeserday I received in the mail a new pair of trail shoes. I run in Vasque Velocity, and I bought the new VST model. I tested them out with a walk and they look like they will work very well and don't put much pressure on the tendon. I'll work on the insole to make them fit even better.
I'm feeling better about Squaw Peak 50. They aren't allowing big drop bags at the critical aid station at Little Valley, so I will need to adjust my strategy. I was going to put a waist belt there in order to carry three bottles, but I may just go with handhelds and really drink as much as I can at that aid station. We'll see.
Weight (after hot pool): 179
| |
| |
Swam 1.5 miles in the pool. The pool temperature was back down to a nice cooler temp, proably around 90 degrees. Still very warm to anyone who swims in normal pools, but great for those of us used to this hot pool at Saratoga. My 400m splits were 10:08, 10:27, 10:17, and 10:22. I lost interest for the next half mile, just too boring, so slowed the pace and toward the end did laps doing kicking only giving the legs a good workout.
Weight coming down nicely. Down to 177. About two pounds a day. Feeling fine. One more day of this and then start carb loading for Saturday. |
| | Swam one mile this morning. 400m splits were 9:55, 9:29, 9:42, and 10:10. Gee, almost had them all under ten minutes. Mile time was 39:16. Weight is down to 175. Good, I successfully lost 8 pounds in four days. I should be lighter on the feet for Squaw Peak 50 on Saturday. The foot is doing fine. I bet if I stayed off it for another two weeks it would be healed, but no, I need to go punish it on Saturday. I don't feel any pain when I walk and very little pain when I rotate the ankle. I can feel the quite a bit of pain if I walk on the inside of the foot. | |
| |
Just a few notes about how I prepare for a 50-mile race such as Squaw Peak 50. Because I’m so anal about split times, I like to construct a spreadsheet that contains a list of the various aid stations, mileages, my goal time, and any previous year times if I have run the race before. I analyze the elevation profile and set a time goal to arrive at each aid station. Surprisingly I can usually come very close. I always tend to start faster than planned, but usually always back off back to my planned pace. I usually keep a close eye on the clock during a race. It helps me to push myself at times when I get lazy.
Pace
So, for Squaw Peak 50, I know the course very well. This will be my fifth time running it. I’m planning my split time goals as if I didn’t have my foot injury. I’m just hoping that it won’t bother me. For the past couple years, I’ve tried my hardest to squeeze out more minutes during the first 26 miles. However, I’ve concluded that I have squeezed that melon as hard as possible. I’ll be content to arrive at the top of the paved Hobble Creek Canyon road in 5 hours.
The key to my race is the second half. I usually slow down way too much and get lazy. I was hoping to go run that portion of the course a few times in training to prove to myself that I can do it fast, but my foot injury threw those plans out the window. So, as I’m leaving aid station #6, I plan to yell at myself, “Davy, you lazy bum, don’t you dare take it easy on this next stretch!!!” Another stretch I want to push much harder is the climb after Little Valley, going up to Bald Knoll. Push it, push it! Then for the monster snow climb, I may try using my Kahtoola microspikes. I fear my weak ankle will have trouble climbing the snow. I just can’t walk like a duck putting pressure on the inside of the foot. Usually that is how I get up that slope. I won’t be able to do it that way this time.
After Windy Pass, it is all about foot speed and ignoring the pain. I should be able to run the last 9.4 miles in less than 1:50. The final 4.4 mile road must be fast. I’ve run that section during very fast road races, so I know what it possible. I need to remember those times and not that time I almost threw up right in front of a wedding in the canyon just as vows were being exchanged. I held it in. I do have evil thoughts how funny it would have been if I would have heaved big-time back then.
Drop Bags
I used to put lots of junk in drop bags for 50s, but now I rarely need anything. The distance is too short, I can grind it out. I will put some small zip-locks at stations with bottles of ensure, in case I want to fuel with that. I may put my waist-pack and microspikes in a ziplock at Little Valley.
Fueling
Ensure, sports drink, and gels can usually get me through 50s. I will grab some peanut butter jelly sandwiches now and then. Also, can’t resist the popsicles at the 26-mile point.
Dress
I’ll dress in shorts and short sleeves. It always gets warm. It may rain, so a garbage bag in my pocket will do the trick. I’ll also run with two hand-held bottles. Waist packs slow me down. I like having something in my hands for the times when I take face-plants. The bottles take the damage.
Pacing
I'll use a pacer for the last 24 miles. I haven't done this before on this race. It will be sweet. My pacer has run a couple ultras and know the routine. He should be able to yell at me when I start getting lazy and make me laugh when I want to cry.
Squaw Peak 50 is a tough, fun race. I really look forward to it. My goal time is to break 11 hours. | |
| Race: |
Squaw Peak 50-mile Trail Run (51 Miles) 12:05:10, Place overall: 88, Place in age division: 12 | |
I ran in the Squaw Peak 50-mile trail run, held in the mountains east of Provo, Utah. If successful, this would be my fifth straight finish at Squaw Peak. To me, it is one of the greatest 50-mile races in the country. The views are spectacular and the trails are very challenging. In particular I enjoy it because of all the local participants.
But this year, I was very nervous about running. I had been battling a foot/ankle injury for the past couple months. This would be my first ultra since the injury put me on the disabled list. I went into the race without any serious trail training for the past two months and I knew my hill strength would be a problem. I had been doing plenty of pool work and some road training, but with this difficult course, I knew it wouldn’t be enough. I also knew that this type of injury sometimes needed several months to fully heal. I was taking a big risk running. It could set me back for the entire summer.
I enjoyed the great pre-race dinner the night before and participating in the usual pre-race laughs with ultra friends both new and old. The biggest laugh at our table came while 59-year old, Ed Green from Colorado was wondering if we would put up a monument for him if he died during an ultra race. I suggested that the monument would have to be put out in the brush and would read, "He squatted, but never got up."
Squaw Peak 50 puts on the longest race briefing in the sport and this year featured a long multi-level marketing pitch by the RD and sponsor. It was the wrong venue for this type of thing in my opinion. But after that, just a good-night’s sleep was needed to get ready for the race.
I arrived at the start (Vivian Park in Provo Canyon) in plenty of time so I wouldn’t be rushed. I was disappointed to discover that my MP3 had been wiped of all its music for some reason. There would be no tunes today on the trails. I was also disappointed to feel pain in my foot as I walked around. We started promptly a 5:00 a.m. and began our race by running two miles down the Provo River Parkway past Bridal Veil Falls, roaring above us in the dark.
I knew there would be some very fast runners in the field this year, but I was flabbergasted how fast the field went out. I like to run those first two miles very fast in order to reach the single track trail before runners who could slow things up. But this year it seemed like there were at least 20 runners ahead of me. I did hold back someone because one of my calf muscles started to tighten up from the very fast pace. I quickly decided that I would not push the first ten miles as hard as I usually did.
Once on the single-track trail, we started a huge climb that would take us up several thousand feet over the next six miles. Buddies who usually passed me around mile seven were already passing me and commented on the blistering pace. It would be a good day for speed. The temperature was cool and ideal for running and the trails were in great condition with very little snow to slow us down.
Last year I arrived at the Hope Campground aid station (mile 8.5) in about 10th place, but this year it seemed like I was in about 40th place and only two minutes slower. I had let several long trains of runners pass me on the climb. I just didn’t have the right conditioning to push the climb very hard. Also, I dislike leading a train of runners. Instead I like to be the caboose so I can alter my pace as desired. The foot was in some pain with each step, but it wasn’t terrible. I had to be very careful to avoid any type of ankle twist. If the foot started to twist, I could tell it would cause bad pain and problems.
The dawn arrived and near the top of Squaw Peak I was able to look down at the massive valley floor far below and see my home town far across Utah Lake. Co-worker Bill Francis caught up with me and for the next two hours would kindly run with me. My speed was a little better than his on the single-track, but his speed was much better on the dirt roads because of all his experience running roads. He would kindly wait for me in order to have some company. However, as we were talking during a climb, we missed a turn onto a single-track short-cut. We ended up following the road up through several switch backs. I soon noticed the mistake because the scenery was not familiar and I did not see any foot tracks. But we didn’t turn back because I knew we would finally join up with the course. We probably did an extra quarter mile or so, but it didn’t appear like we lost any time because the people we passed were not re-passes. Many runners started the race an hour early and within 3.5 hours we passed most, if not all of them.
View of the windmills
We reached to top, Kolob Overlook (mile 14.6) at 3:10. I was only four minutes behind my pace from last year. As Bill and I ran down the long seven-mile road, I discovered that I just could not push the ankle hard. I needed to be patient and careful. I estimate that it slowed me on the downhills by about 15 minutes during the first half of the race. The views coming down are spectacular. I could even see clearly the giant wind-mills guarding the entrance to Spanish Fork canyon. They looked very close.
Once we reached the paved Hobble Creek Canyon road, Bill pushed on strongly ahead and I believed disappeared ahead for the last time. I ran with a consistent pace up the road, vowing to walk very little of it. I kept leap-frogging a pair of runners who would run the flatter sections very fast and then would slow to a walk. With about a half-mile to go on this road section, my pacer, Mark Ellison came running down the road to greet me. It would be great to have him run with me to the finish.
I reached to aid station at the top of the road (mile 26.1) at 5:09, about ten minutes slower than normal. My stop was very fast and we were on our way climbing up Dry Canyon. I tried very hard to push this next section and at one point ran very fast and hard, even working Mark hard. But despite the effort, my split time was about normal, an hour. We reached Sheep Canyon (mile 30) at 6:11. Karl Melzer and Scott Mason were working the aid station. My stop again was very fast. I wasn’t going to waste any time at the stations. I never would sit down the entire race.
We next needed to run through the creek bed and make several creek crossings. This was very difficult for me because of the wet rocks. My ankle would start to roll many times and I could feel the pain, so I eventually had to slow way down and just carefully pick my way through the stream. I really enjoy the next section that winds its way up along the canyon floor, crossing open fields and makes its way up to aspen groves. But I can never do this section very fast as fatigue starts setting it. It was no different this year and several runners caught up. However, they were the same cast of characters I had seen for the last couple hours. I would pass them in the aid stations and they would eventually catch up. The trail next descends through the trees into Little Valley. My foot/ankle was really starting to bother me more, so I again had to slow down on the downhill runs.
We arrived at Little Valley (mile 33) at 7:15, about 15 minutes slower than normal. Shortly after we arrived a stream of runners also came in who I had not seen all day. That motivated me to make a very quick stop. At this station runners will typically make a long stop. I was there for only two minutes. I was careful to make sure I drank plenty because the next section is really a three-bottle section and I planned to stick with only my two hand-held bottles.
Mark and I ran at a good pace up the road and started the long climb up to Bald Knoll. A few familiar runners caught up but once we hit the rolling trail around Bald Knoll, I could kick it into gear better and we repassed several. Finally we reached the base of the massive steep climb that seems to go straight up. Usually each year we can climb straight up a snow ridge, but this year there was very little snow so we would follow a rough trail through the brush.
View of the back of Mount Timpanogos
Once we started the climb, there was a slow runner ahead of me going at a slow, but steady pace. I quickly passed him but then discovered that the altitude immediately slammed me. I had not done any training above 6,000 feet for months. Now at 9,000 feet, I just could keep pushing it hard. I stopped and let him go ahead again. Once I recovered, I again wanted to go faster but just didn’t want to play the leap-frog game over and over again, so I was content to climb at a slow rate.
Runners making their way up the steep climb
Once on top of the ridge, fellow mountain team member, Eve Daivies caught up and passed me with her dog. I was surprised to also see Bill Francis catch up. He had got off course after Little Valley, taking the road up the mountain instead of the Great Western Trail. Eventually, he turned around and got back on course, but that had cost him at least a half hour or more.
I arrived at Windy Pass (mile 41.5) at 10:01. I realized there would be no PR today, but I still had a good chance to break 12 hours. Charlie Vincent and Jim Skaggs were there and they kindly attended quickly to me needs. I grabbed a couple tasty cookies, filled my bottles up, took some pain killers from Charlie and was on my way to try to catch up with Eve. But I never did. The decent was slow as we hit some snow. I just couldn’t risk sliding and twisting the ankle. Also, I was developing a couple painful blisters on the other foot, probably because I was over compensating.
We made patient steady progress down the long trail, an amazing 4,000-foot descent. In past years I could really blast down sections of this and would even do some nasty face plants on the rough trail, but this year it was much slower. The thing that was slowing me the most was a painful lower back due to poor conditioning. We were passed by several runners along the way. I noticed that my ankle was feeling pretty good, almost pain-free. If I could just finish the last single-track section without a twist, I would be in good shape. As I was descending, I started to think about my next race in two weeks, Big Horn 100. How in the world could I do that race if I was feeling so poorly after only 50 miles? I tried to remind myself that these thoughts are typical as I’m finishing a hard race.
Runner crossing field with Windy Pass in background (2008 race)
Finally as we neared the bottom of the South Fork, we ran across a wide, flat field. A runner passed me and I thought to myself, “Uh…we aren’t on rough trails anymore, why are you being lazy?” I really kicked it into gear and we started to fly across the field. We passed that runner like he was standing still and sprinted past some spectators waiting for their runners to arrive. We came to the last aid station at 11:31. I knew it would take some very serious speed to arrive at the finish before 12 hours. I had over 5K left. I told Mark that I had once run this downhill road section in about 18 minutes during a road 10-mile race.
We pushed the pace hard and soon could see a yellow-shirted runner ahead. I purposely kicked the pace up another notch in order to really fly by him. Our 48th mile was run at about a 7-minute-mile pace. I noticed that the runner who I had passed in the field had been trying to match our pace, but after that, we left him far behind for good. Eventually I needed to slow down some. I could feel a painful blister developing because of the hard road running. With less than a half mile remaining, I saw my watch click past 12 hours. Oh well, I would still finish strong. I made the turn into Vivian Park to the kind cheers of the families and crossed the finish line in 12:05. Despite all my challenges today, I had finished only 25 minutes behind my PR. I was pleased that I had been able to finish strong, and had finished without any serious further damage to the ankle.
My pacer, Mark had enjoyed the run. I needed to drive him back to Hobble Creek Canyon to retrieve his truck so I wouldn’t be watching many of my friends finish this year. My feet were in pain anyway, and I was anxious to get home.
So what was the damage to my injured foot? No real damage! After 24-hours it was again pain-free. I suspect the run had actually helped the ankle and foot strengthen. I'm considering running the Utah Valley Marathon this Saturday as a training run.
I finished my 5th straight Squaw Peak 50! It was my 47th ultra finish since I started this craziness in July '04. Here are my split times for the five years.
|
miles |
2005 |
2006 |
2007 |
2008 |
2009 |
Start |
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Hope CG |
5.6 |
1:06 |
1:04 |
1:04 |
1:02 |
1:04 |
Rock Canyon |
8.5 |
|
2:10 |
2:15 |
2:12 |
2:15 |
Kolob Overlook |
14.6 |
|
|
|
3:06 |
3:10 |
Pole Haven |
20.9 |
4:44 |
4:17 |
4:12 |
4:06 |
4:14 |
Dry Canyon |
26.1 |
5:39 |
5:05 |
4:58 |
5:02 |
5:09 |
Sheep Cyn |
30 |
|
6:05 |
5:57 |
6:01 |
6:11 |
Little Valley |
33.5 |
7:39 |
7:07 |
6:54 |
7:08 |
7:15 |
Windy Pass |
41.5 |
10:39 |
9:57 |
9:45 |
9:53 |
10:01 |
Big Spring |
46.5 |
12:00 |
11:25 |
11:02 |
11:07 |
11:31 |
Finish |
50.9 |
12:42 |
12:06 |
11:40 |
11:43 |
12:05 |
| |
| |
Recovery from Squaw Peak 50 is going well. The foot has the usual soreness, but nothing as bad as the days after Desert RATS 50 or BSLT. I'm encouraged. I already have a little spring in my step even with a set of sore quads.
I'm seriously considering running Utah Valley Marathon on Saturday as a training run for Big Horn 100 a week later. My crazy rationale is that a long flat road run won't risk damaging the foot/ankle. Besides, I really like that course. The beginning miles are so very fast and I love running along the river in the city. We'll see. | |
| | Still recovering from the 50-mile run on Saturday. Slept for 9 hours last night which is unusual for me, so I know I need to rest. The foot is a little more sore today, but not terrible. Looks like last year after SP50, I was back at training by Wednesday and got in 70 miles of training before Bighorn 100. That won't happen this year. I even ran a 1:07:17 at the Provo Riverwoods 10-mile run last year on the Saturday following SP50. I have no idea how well I can do at Big Horn. I'll probably just have to set my sights lower. Last year was a PR on the course, for 26:45. |
| |
Yes, all morning yesterday I thought it was Wednesday. Pretty funny. Twinkies noticed it before I did. I showed up for a Wednesday meeting and no one was there. What's up with that! Well, I have my wits back today and feel better recovered.
Intended to go to the treadmill this morning, but slapped myself at 4:50 decided to hit the road outside. The rains made the trails muddy, so I had an excuse to stick to the roads. Did repeats running up Grandview Blvd. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 5.00 |
| |
| | Swam 1.5 miles, easy pace, the arms just didn't want to work hard. Did some tough kicking since the legs were willing to work.
Well, I entered the Utah Valley Marathon, held on Saturday. I'll likely treat it as a tune-up training run for next week's big race. I know that sounds weird, but thats the way it is. Looks like rain could be possible. That would be nice...toughens you up. The more the better, ha, ha.
Foot update. Well, good news and bad news. No pain in lower foot in area of the tendon insersion. This had been the big problem area. Bad news. The pain has shifted up the tendon right by the ankle. Perhaps that is good news and shows things are healing. But it seems to hurt more now on flat surfaces. Now it is indeed ankle pain instead of foot pain. Strange. | |
| | Rest day to get ready for the Utah Valley Marathon. Feeling good. My upper shin muscles are still a little sore from the Squaw Peak 50, but I don't think shin splints should be a problem. My challenge in marathons is always the calf muscles. I've been trying to work those a little bit more this week. Looks like it will be cool with a good chance of rain. Perfect! Well at least for me. I tend to do very well against competion when it rains. It doesn't bug me enough to slow me down.
I'll go pick up my packet this afternoon and then head with the family to the temple openhouse. Should be a fun. | |
| Race: |
Utah Valley Marathon (26.2 Miles) 03:33:11, Place overall: 58, Place in age division: 7 | |
I ran in the Utah Valley Marathon. At the last minute I entered this marathon, feeling that I had recovered enough from a good finish at the tough Squaw Peak 50-miler just a week ago. I thought it would be an interesting experiment to see how I can do. Besides, all the trails were soaked from all the rain this week and a nice road run down Provo Canyon would make sense. It would also be a nice last long run before Big Horn 100 on Friday.
I ran in this Marathon last year in its first year. This year, it looked like it had 10 times the number of entrants (about 800 or so) and now is becoming a new major marathon in Utah. The course started way up Provo Canyon, near the dam at Deer Creek Reservoir. The right lane of the highway was blocked off all the way down the canyon for the course. Then it went on some city roads and eventually joined up with the Provo River Parkway, a paved trail the follows the beautiful Provo River all the way to Utah Lake. From there it went through a maze of neighborhood roads for six more miles and ended up at the South Town Mall at the south end of Provo.
The first half of the marathon is fast because of all the downhill, but the second half is pretty tough and slow because of all the twists, turns, ups and downs as it passed under major roads. I think this marathon is 5-10 minutes slower for me than the Ogden Marathon which is mostly a straight shot down the canyon.
Busses took us up the canyon to the start and I tried to keep warm near the barrel fires as everyone arrived. I was able to meet several fastrunningblog bloggers including Tarzan and Smooth.
My goal for this race was to come out uninjured, and treat it like a training run. I expected that I could finish at least in 3:45. But I knew that once the competitive juices flowed, that I would probably press it harder, especially with the initial huge downhill over the first ten miles. Caution would be essential.
The gun went off and away we went. Sure enough, I went out with the top-30 runners. The first mile was a gentle uphill which wasn’t too bad because our legs were fresh, but then the nice downhill came and I kicked it into gear, passing several runners. I struggled for the first few miles because I just wasn’t warmed up yet. The sore ankle behaved itself. I really only felt it when the road sloped to the right. My splits for the first six miles were: 6:57, 6:32, 6:48, 7:25, 7:26, and 6:56. I think the only major hill was at mile 5 and I concentrated on pushing the pace on that.
But by mile six, my calves were complaining. This always happens in marathons. I didn’t want to risk a muscle pull so I backed off the pace. I had finally warmed up and the quads were saying, “faster, faster!” But the calves were say, “whoa, Nelly!” By changing my foot placements I could change the pressure on the calves and that seemed to help keep them lose.
My next four miles splits down the Canyon were 7:20, 7:38, 7:38, and 7:48. Small groups of runners started to pass me. The course then went by the River Bottoms on a road behind some huge houses. My splits for miles 11-13, were: 7:57, 7:59, and 7:57, pretty consistent. I was bummed out that I couldn’t keep a 7:30 going. I had the strength but the calves didn’t want to do that. The right calf really started to get tight, so I finally quickly took two Succeed! Caps (electrolytes) and within two miles it felt much better. I could not feel any bad effects from running Squaw Peak 50 a week ago. My half-marathon split was 1:37:02, not bad for me.
Elite injured runner, Michelle Lowry was out on the course cheering us on. I recognized her by her crutches on the ground. She yelled great words of encouragement to me both times I saw her. I sure hope the doctors can finally figure things out to get her healed.
The course then made some weird gyrations near University Parkway, going back and forth and around a shopping center. It finally joined up with the Provo River Parkway. I did fine at first but once the trail started to dip below roads I started to struggle. There were two other runners near me, one in orange and one in red. They were both starting to use walking spells and then run at about a 7:15 pace. I kept my steady pace going and would almost catch up, but then they would run ahead. Eventually I passed them for good as their walking spells increased. My splits for miles 14-16 were: 7:36, 7:42, and 8:02.
I had my first split over 8 minutes. Around mile 16, the wheels started to come off my race. I could start feeling the effects of Squaw Peak 50. It became a significant struggle to keep my pace going. I took gels and that helped a little. My splits for the rest of the Parkway by the river (miles 17-20) were: 8:13, 8:54, 9:00, and 9:10.
We now were dumped out onto roads near Utah Lake. Before the race, I wisely drove this section of the course so there would be no surprises. This was a good mental strategy. The final six miles were a terrible struggle. The gas tank was just running on empty even though I took gels which came back up and out a couple times. My hips started to hurt badly from last week. I was just hanging on for dear life. I didn’t want to croak. At that point I hear sirens. “Great, they are coming for me.” I looked at the clock and knew a PR (sub 3:24) was out of the question, and soon a sub 3:30 was not likely. I set my sights to at least break 3:35, which would be another Boston Qualifier time for me. My final splits, miles 21-26 were: 8:55, 9:24, 9:26, 9:25, 9:25, and 10:14. I believe I saw fellow ultrarunner Leon Deitlaf pass me in the last mile or two. I just couldn’t keep up. Dang, I just can’t beat him in marathons. So close this time.
I finished in 3:33:11, in 58th place, 7th in my age group. Our age group was pretty bunched up, five ahead of me finished within nine minutes before me. Recovery was rough. I really gave it all I got without injuring myself. For the next 15 minutes I had to lie on the grass to find my strength again. It came back and I enjoyed watching finishers for the next hour. My 4th road marathon was in the books. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 27.00 |
| |
| |
Went on a one mile walk with the dog this afternoon before a giant thunderstorm blew in. The legs feel great. Soreness as usual in the ankle, and a small knot in my right calf. I'm amazed how little soreness I feel compared to after Ogden Marathon. Yes I ran that race eight minutes faster, but still. I chalk it up to better leg conditioning now that I have started to again run long distances. That is encouraging.
I'm in a reflective mood today. As I was walking with the dog, gazing up to the foothills of Lake Mountain (my training playground), I couldn't help reflect on the beauty of the place I live. The contrast of the mountains in front and the deep dark storm coming in from behind was an amazing sight. As I watched further, the fingers of rain made their way over the mountain and descended like a cloud racing down the mountain toward me. Lightning followed with fierce wind. I made my way back to the house just as the downpour arrived.
I've really lived in some beautiful places, each with their unique beauty. My youth in the Pacific Northwest, very close to Puget Sound. My young adult years in upstate New York with its beautiful green hills, in our little house on the banks of the Susquehanna River. Then, my hardworking adult years in the beautiful Sonoran Desert in Tucson, with giant saguaro cactus out our back yard. Now in my mid-life years in Utah with its magnificent mountains and redrock desert. Too bad I only took up running four years ago. I missed some great trails in those other places I have lived. It has and continues to be a wonderful life. My daughter will be home from her mission in two weeks. It will be good to have all six kids around again. And its very nice that five of them will be out of the house by fall! Ha, ha. Ah, the peace and quiet. Well, enough reflecting. | |
| |
No running today, just walking. Calf soreness almost gone from the Saturday marathon. The ankle is sore, but seems to calm down as it gets warmed up. It is all about rest this week to get ready for Bighorn 100 on Friday. I don't want to gain any weight, so I'll try to hit the pool some to burn some calories. This morning, the alarm went off and I chose to sleep in.
The weather forecast looks like it will be dry for the race, and probably hot. Ten degrees hotter on Saturday than Friday. The race starts on Friday at 11 a.m. and climbs immediatly up 3,500 feet, so that cools things down. But, 24 hours later, I'll be coming back down. I'll finish the race in the early afternoon and the last 12 miles are always the hottest. I could be on the hot dirt road in nearly 90 degrees. I hate that. Running in 90 degrees at mile 95 is torture. Oh well, I've done it before, I'll just have to prepare for it. | |
| |
I swam a mile in the pool, tapering....not running. Then I tried to do a little heat training in anticipation of my little 100-mile run this weekend in the Bighorn Mountains of Wyoming (near Montana). Here's what I did. I spent time in the hot tub (around 104 degrees). I observed that my resting heart rate (well, after the mile swim), was about 85-90 bpm in that heat. I tried to pump it up by doing kicking. I could get it up around 120-130 bpm, but it wasn't enjoyable in that heat. I just couldn't sustain it very long so I would back off and then try again. I was in there for 20 minutes. That was an interesting workout and I have to believe it really helps the body adjust to heat stress. I'll try to do this some more.
Weight: 176. | |
| | I swam one mile in the pool and again tried to do some heat training in the 105 degree hot tub. After the swim my heart rate was 68 in the 92 degree pool. Once I got in the hot tub it jumped to 80. Did some kicking to get the rate up to 130 and then when resting it would go back down to 90. It was tough work and I had to get out a couple times to cool off. Did this for 30 minutes. Finally I went in the lower hot tub 101 degrees and used a high pressured water jet to give all my leg muscles a deep tissue massage. It does wonders to loosen things up. The only soreness I feel from Saturday's marathon is a tiny bit in the right shin. Calf muscles are fine now. Looks like I'm good to go. Two more days of rest before the 100-mile torture run at Bighorn. Now it is about getting two good night's sleep because I will run through the night Friday night (hopefully not sleep-walking). | |
| |
I know I'm obsessive about my pace during races, but it helps to push me along. Below is my pacing chart for Big Horn 100 on Friday. It shows my goal pace and the pace I ran in 2006 and 2007. I didn't include 2008 because the course was different due to heavy snow pack. I finished in 26:45 last year and my splits last year have helped me set goals on those sections this year.
|
miles |
Goal |
Clock |
2006 |
2007 |
Start |
0 |
0:00 |
11:00 AM |
|
|
Fence Spring |
6.25 |
1:30 |
12:30 PM |
1:34 |
1:31 |
Upper Sheep |
8.5 |
2:00 |
1:00 PM |
|
|
Dry Fork Ridge |
13.4 |
2:45 |
1:45 PM |
3:05 |
3:00 |
Cow Camp |
19.5 |
3:50 |
2:50 PM |
4:23 |
4:07 |
Bear Camp |
26.5 |
5:20 |
4:20 PM |
6:04 |
5:50 |
Footbridge |
30 |
6:10 |
5:10 PM |
6:51 |
6:38 |
Narrows |
33.5 |
7:10 |
6:10 PM |
8:03 |
7:43 |
Spring Marsh |
40 |
9:00 |
8:00 PM |
10:12 |
9:42 |
Elk Camp |
43.5 |
10:05 |
9:05 PM |
11:25 |
10:54 |
Porcupine |
48 |
11:25 |
10:25 PM |
12:55 |
12:33 |
Elk Camp |
52.5 |
12:45 |
11:45 PM |
14:28 |
14:12 |
Spring Marsh |
56 |
13:40 |
12:40 AM |
15:31 |
15:13 |
Narrows |
62.5 |
15:20 |
2:20 AM |
17:35 |
17:08 |
Footbridge |
66 |
16:20 |
3:20 AM |
18:35 |
18:12 |
Bear Camp |
69.5 |
17:50 |
4:50 AM |
20:25 |
19:49 |
Cow Camp |
76.5 |
19:50 |
6:50 AM |
22:37 |
22:17 |
Dry Fork Ridge |
82.5 |
21:40 |
8:40 AM |
24:25:00 |
24:15:00 |
Upper Sheep |
87.5 |
23:05 |
10:05 AM |
25:56:00 |
25:54:00 |
Lower Sheep |
92.5 |
24:15:00 |
11:15 AM |
27:32:00 |
27:07:00 |
TR TH |
94.75 |
24:55:00 |
11:55 AM |
28:27:00 |
27:53:00 |
Homestretch |
98 |
25:40:00 |
12:40 PM |
29:22:00 |
28:41:00 |
Finish |
100 |
26:00:00 |
1:00 PM |
29:38:00 |
29:00:16 |
| |
| Race: |
Big Horn 100-mile Trail Run (100 Miles) 33:21:20, Place overall: 64, Place in age division: 13 | |
Full race report can be read at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=155
Well, I finished the Big Horn 100 for the 4th time. "Finished." That is what the goal turned out to be for me. This turned out to be the roughest 100-mile finish of my 24 100-mile finishes. I'll get into the gory details in my full race report later this week. The tough factors were: Heat, shoes that didn't fit right, mud, mud, mud, and again not dressing warm enough after sunset. The biggest factor was the poorly fitting shoes. The ball of my right foot became very swollen by mile 55. I decided that I would quit once I reached mile 66 so just took it easy. Once I got to the aid station at mile 66, I told the volunteers that I would likely quit, but I took my sweet time, washed and cared for the feet, put on shoes that fit better, and decided to still give it a go. By then I was about three hours behind schedule. The next 3.5 miles went great during a huge climb. But then the heat slammed me again. The previous afternoon I had become badly dehydrated and since then any heat affected my system poorly. Again, I decided to quit the race but had a seven mile stretch to go before I could reach a place to quit. A friend passed me and went ahead to tell the aid station that I would be quitting.
Well, in answer to prayer, the clouds came with a breeze and cooled things down nicely. I was going slowly because I knew I was going to quit. But with all that time to think, I finally decided that my excuse list was much shorter because it was now cooler. When I arrived at the station I chowed down on greasy bacon and fried potatoes. I sat in a chair for ten minutes to get a good rest. Finally I announced I would continue on, but I feared the next long six-mile hot road uphill section.
Then something amazing happened. With all of the slow moving for the past ten hour or so, my legs were well rested and ready for a good workout. I ate well at that aid station and now had plenty of energy in my blood. I decided to treat the last 24 miles like a training run. I again started to run, I mean really run. I loved running up the hills and would push them very hard. During the next six miles I passed about 15 runners, most of them mid-pack 50-mile racers. They were all shocked to see me cruising. I passed my friend who thought I had dropped, and I passed him on a very steep hill that I was running up very hard. He let out a shocked comment as I cruised by.
I reached the next aid station in great spirits. A buddy from Colorado, Paul Grimm was there helping out, and he turned all his attention to me. I no longer cared about my finishing time or placement, I now only wanted to finish. I spent a full 30-minutes in the aid station, again washing my feet, lubing them, and putting on clean socks. I even enjoyed just talking to people and sharing the experience of the past day, night, and day.
I'll save the details for the race report, but for the next ten miles I REALLY cruised. I probably passed about 20-30 runners in both the 100-mile and 50-mile racers. On the four-mile 4,000 foot drop, I put it in full-speed downhill gear and pushed my pace as fast as possible, as fast as I would do on fresh-legs. I don't think I have ever run such a tough, long downhill section that fast. Over and over again, runners would step off the trail and watch me blast down ahead of them. My split time for that section was faster than all of my four years in the race.
When I reached the aid station at mile 92.5, I plopped down in a chair and let friend Jody Aslett help me recover from that amaing sprint. She said, "The have been a couple other runners who looked worse than you." Ha, ha.
Well, it was 30:30 and I had 7.5 miles to go. I had plenty of time to reach the finish by the 34-hour cutoff. I decided to just walk the rest of it in and just enjoy the finish. I talked to many of the runners who passed me by while I was walking. I watched the thunderstoms roll in, wishing it would rain, but it didn't.
I finished in 33:21, walking in slowly to the cheers of so many friends. I was just happy to finish a race that I had quit twice. Over 33 hours is just too long to be running. I have a much greater respect for back-of-the pack runners who normally finish these races in over 30 hours. Finishing 100 miles in 24-27 hours is much easier. | |
| |
An interesting topic is recovering after a 100-mile race. The slower I do a 100-mile race, the faster I recover from it. This past race was a very slow 100-miler for me, thus recovery is going fast. Today I can already jog without any pain. The muscle recovery is fast because I didn't push the muscles extremely hard (except for the initial climb and final descent.)
However, there are other body systems that will take longer to recover. I was badly dehydrated for several hours and that really takes a toll on my system. I still cannot stand having sunlight hit me, I want to be in the shade. The endocrine system of the body can really be stressed. This is a system of glands that releases hormones. Sometimes after a 100-mile race some of my glands are swollen. (But haven't noticed that for many races). The stress put on this system can really effect endurance. While I can jog without pain, I couldn't go very far before I would want to quit.
Need for sleep is another interesting factor. Here are my sleep patterns
- Thursday night (before race): 4 hours of good sleep - very anxious
- Friday night (during race): 0 hours - never felt drowsy
- Saturday night (in lots of pain): 4 hours - very restless not deep, strange dreams
- Sunday night (after long drive): 8 hours - strange dreams (wife says lots of groaning, leg twitching)
- Monday night: 10 hours - very deep sleep
I woke up this morning feeling like I was hit by a truck, but after a few hours felt better.
Another recovery factor is appetite. Right after a race my appetite bounces back and I can eat plenty to recover as long as I'm no longer nauseous. But for the next couple days, my appetite is low. My taste buds rebell, and nothing tastes good with the exception of some salty foods. Today (Tuesday) is the first day that both my appetite and taste buds are back in order.
Weight: Usually I end up weighing more than when I started (unless I finish dehydrated). But typically during the night while running I retain water because I'm not taking in enough salt, but still drinking plenty. This was the case at Big Horn. I was weighed on the same scale, once around 6 p.m. - mile 30 (180 pounds including shoes, etc.), and again at about 9 a.m. next morning - mile 66 (188 pounds). Eight pound swing up from the night. I noticed swelling in my hands. I adjusted by not drinking as much and taking in more salt. By mile 82 my hands were normal again.
When I returned home, I was up a couple pounds compared to when I left home. For about 48 hours after the race, my body dumps fluid as it recovers, plenty of trips to the bathroom without drinking much. I drop a pound or two each day. Then when my appetite returns, I start gaining weight again. It is a strange process.
I expect by Saturday I will be fully recovered. In fast last year, the Saturday after Bighorn I ran in the tough Logan Peak 28-miler and finished mid-pack. I'm too busy this Saturday, but I expect I'll be out on the trails early in the morning feeling great.
How can I recover so fast? Through the past few years my body systems have got used to this stress that I put on it. It has adapted and now bounces back very fast.
| |
| | Feeling normal again. Ready to get back to training....and to ditch the roads, hit the trails. Once the 100-mile recovery usual foot-swelling went down, my ankle/foot did start hurting again, however the pain is less than a week ago before my 100-mile run. So it looks like healing in continuing fine. | |
| |
Got up to go run on the trails but could see that a drenching rain had fallen over night. Mud is that last thing I wanted to run through, but I went ahead and ran up Lott Canyon (on Lake Mountain). It turned out that the dirt was wet, but not muddy. It turned out to be a slow recovery run. My endurance isn't back yet, will take a day or two more. I just wasn't interested in getting my heart rate up yet. Muscles and joints all felt great. The problem ankle still has some soreness, but nothing bad. I wore some new shoes as needed to adjust them a few times to get the right lace tension. I could still feel the left big toe being jammed against the front of the shoe on the downhills. It is still tender from the run last weekend. I always do have numbness in the tip of the toe because of rubbing from the thousands of miles over the past few years.
Anyway, feeling pretty good. I'm thrilled to be back out doing trail training again after being sidelined for the past few months because of the injury. I guess that does sound kind of silly because during this injury I did run two marathons, one 50 mile race, and one 100 mile race.
Weight: 176. My goal is to get under 170 for Tahoe Rim 100 next month. I was talking with another ultrarunner after the Bighorn 100 and he commented that my weight was almost clidesdale weight for ultrarunning. I know that sounds silly, but it is true for front-to-mid-pack 100-mile runners. I'll work at it.
Two miles with the dog in the afternoon. |
Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 8.00 |
| |
| |
Did a nice early morning run up Lott Canyon on Lake Moutain. Once up there, the legs felt good and wanted more uphill so I bushwhacked and did a steep long climb up to the top of a ridge I had never been on. (about 2000 feet up). It had great views of Cedar Valley to the west, and Utah Valley to the east. Amazing views. The morning was incredible. As I was descended down a ridge I ran into a little boy scout troop hiking up. "Oh, I guess we aren't the first ones to ever come up here." I laughed. One guy saw my Bighorn 100 shirt and asked if I was training for "the 100 race." I assumed he meant Wastach and I said yes. I didn't bother to tell him I ran 100 miles just one week ago.
I descended and took a wrong turn to go the way I came, but that was OK, I descended down the other side into Reformation Canyon and then made a run around Lake Mountain to the North. The massive wheat fields to the north looked amazing as the tassles are now on the wheat.
On the downside. My ankle is really still a problem. Each day this week it hurt more with little activity. Now it is where it was about 2-3 weeks ago. I'm started to just resign myself to admit that it will be a problem all summer. Yes, the run I did this morning was very rugged, each step of that ridge hike/run had a possibility of an ankle twist. At least after 50 miles it isn't a problem so it shouldn't stop me in a 100 mile race. I just worry that I'll have far less training on Timp this summer because of it. Oh well
I entered the Freedom Run 10K with two of my sons for July 4. I'm hoping to win my age group. It will probably take a sub-43. To medal will take a sub-45. In 2006 I did it in 46:04 and in 2007 I did it in 44:45. My speed is close to two minutes faster than 2007 so a 42:45 could be possible. |
Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 9.00 |
| |
| |
Thinking about my 100-mile race finishes. I've entered 28 and finished 24. Hopefully Tahoe Rim 100 will be my 25th 100-mile finish. I'm so glad I finished at Bighorn 100 a week ago. I would be kicking myself right now if I didn't. My DNFs were 2004 Bear, 2005 Vermont, 2005 Leadville, and 2008 Leadville.
100-Mile Finishes
1 |
2005 Rocky Raccoon |
26:53:00 |
2 |
2005 Bear |
32:23:00 |
3 |
2006 Bighorn |
29:38:03 |
4 |
2006 Tahoe Rim |
28:04:49 |
5 |
2006 Wasatch |
34:15:00 |
6 |
2006 Bear |
30:35:00 |
7 |
2006 Pony Express |
25:29:00 |
8 |
2007 Pony Express |
23:26:00 |
9 |
2007 Bighorn |
29:00:16 |
10 |
2007 Vermont |
25:18:19 |
11 |
2007 Leadville |
26:15:46 |
12 |
2007 Plain |
31:45:00 |
13 |
2007 Bear |
28:13:00 |
14 |
2007 Pony Express |
24:45:00 |
15 |
2008 Rocky Raccoon |
25:38:55 |
16 |
2008 Moab |
23:33:33 |
17 |
2008 Bighorn |
26:45:31 |
18 |
2008 Tahoe Rim |
25:54:00 |
19 |
2008 Plain |
32:18:00 |
20 |
2008 Bear |
30:51:00 |
21 |
2008 Pony Express |
24:26:00 |
22 |
2008 ATY |
22:48:00 |
23 |
2009 Moab |
24:41:00 |
24 |
2009 Big Horn |
33:21:00 |
| |
| |
Reading all the race reports over the weekend and following Western States 100 progress made me feel like a slacker, so I got up early to punish myself. I ran up to the top of Lake Mountain, a 3,200-foot climb up the rought Israel Canyon Road. It was my 24th summit of that mountain. http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?page_id=96
Boy, the road is really chewed up this year from the trucks during the spring. My ankle was OK going up but was a problem coming down, slowing me up. I did it in 2:19 round trip, pretty slow. My PR is 1:58. The view from the top of Utah Valley lights below is amazing. The stars were also blazing this morning. Birds were on the road snoozing and I kept scaring them. They scared me too. I almost stepped on one. Toward the top it got chilly, long sleeves and gloves. There was a pocket of pretty cold air in the saddle where the road goes over the top. It was warmer on the summit.
It was a good workout, gets me ready to start climbing Timp. My feet still are a problem from Bighorn 100. They still don't feel comfortable in my trail shoes.
P.M.
Six mostly flat miles dirt and pavement in the blazing 95 degree heat. Felt great. Legs felt strong, had to hold them back. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 6.00 | Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 10.00 |
| |
| | I was out the door at 2:40 a.m. to get some miles in, less hills this morning, more miles. Ran out to Eagle Mountain an in the hills south of the Ranches, finishing up by running across the massive Church farm with its wheat. As I would run past the wheat, I could hear russling follow me in the wheat. I beleive if must have been crickets or something that I would startle as I ran by causing them all to jump. Watching the dawn arrive was cool. My legs felt great. This was a non-carb/fast-burning run, so toward the end I was dragging pretty good energy-wise. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Lake Mountain 50K (31 Miles) 05:29:00, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1 | |
Well, not really a race, but a great fun run with jun. We ran all the way around Lake Mountain, the mountain west of Utah Lake. See course description. This was the sixth time I have accomplished this loop.
We went exactly 50K by eliminating the out and back seen on the map and tightening the loop. Jun will provide all the details. I'll let him tell the story. I was pleased to help him go over to the "dark side" of running for the first time, the ultra-distance. What is impressive is that he has never run a marathon.
We started in the dark about 4:20 a.m. and took it easy for the first few miles. We enjoyed watching Venus rise and then the sun. The views of Utah Lake are always incredible along the east side of the loop. Jun pushed me pretty good on the east side. After about ten miles I finally was warmed up and could push the pace hard when I wanted to. We made a 5-minute bathroom break at Enoch Pass and and 10-minute stop at about the half-way point were we refilled and ate goodies I dropped there the night before.
Around mile 26, in Cedar Valley, my injured foot really flared up bad. I fell behind jun by about a quarter mile and was limping badly, very discouraged. I finally figured out that if I ran hard, more pressure would be put on my toes and less pressure on the tendon insertion point on the bottom of my foot. So I ran that last four miles pretty hard and set the course record of 5:29. Jun finished in 5:39. Add 15 minutes for our stops if you want. It was about 75 degrees when we finished and felt very hot. I lost about 4 pounds due to dehydration. We both ran out of water toward the end.
It was a great run. Jun will provide the details with pictures and video I am sure. He is now the 6th runner to finish this crazy course. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 31.00 |
| |
| |
Gave the ankle a break and ran on roads this morning. Some crash training for the big 10K tomorrow in an attempt to learn how to run on roads. Ran along the Jordan River. Wow, I've never seen it so full. Also took the dog for a three-mile run up into Saratoga Hills. The morning was very pleasant, great to be out. Got to carb up for the big race.
Signed up for Park City Marathon in August. What's up with this? Three marathons in one year? I also did this to steer me away from signing up for Leadville 100 again this year, on the same day. I've been very tempted, but the cost for everything doing that approaches $1,000, just shouldn't do it. Also, I dread all the altitude training needed. So, now I've made up my mind by signing up for Park City and staying home. Watch out, I might be going over to the "dark side" and converting to a road runner. Sasha would be happy. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 9.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Freedom Run 10k (6.2 Miles) 00:43:09, Place overall: 78, Place in age division: 3 | |
I had a great time running the Freedom Run in Provo with three of my sons. Connor (12) and Kevin (25) ran in the 5K. Kevin edged him out by 5 seconds. Ryan (18) ran in his first 10K and reached his goal of breaking one hour.
My goal was to break 43 minutes and to place in my age group. I came very close. There were 1,358 finishers in the 10K this year. When I ran in it two years ago there were about 900. The race keeps growing and growing.
The first mile is uphll and it gave me trouble. My legs felt a little heavy from the 50K run a couple days ago. By the top of the hill I was breathing hard and took some time to recover, missing the chance to really blast down the next mile. The first two miles were 6:44 and 6:30. Mile three is flat and heads south on University Avenue to the parade route, lined by thousands of people. I ran toward the center of the road to keep my concentration up. I saw buddy Jarom, Thurston handing out water at mile 3. We joined in with the 5K route and with the back-of-pack walkers clogging up the road. Miles 3 and 4 were: 6:51 and 7:05.
Mile 5 was my problem. I lost concentration as I became frustrated with the 5K walkers lined six-abrest across the road. We had to dodge our way through them. I tried to encourage many of them to move to the left so the runners had a lane. We had to run up an out and back toward the state hospital. Coming back down there was no sign of Ryan so I knew he was more than a mile behind. Mile 5 was about 7:28.
I woke back up and pushed much harder toward the finish. There were hundreds of slow-moving 5K runners to get by, but I managed. Mile 6 was about 7:06. I looked down at my watch and I knew breaking 43 would be a real challenge. I pushed almost as hard as I could and watched the clock ahead ticking toward 43. I finished in 43:08. A PR for 10K by 9 seconds! I beat my course PR by almost two minutes. I might be a really old guy, but I'm still getting faster.
I placed 3rd in my age group (35 runners) and got a sweet, impressive, crystal trophy. It was fun being with my sons. A fun way to spend a July 4th morning. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 8.00 |
| |
| |
It is time to train for the Wasatch 100, which is just a little over two months away. I need to start doing mountain climbs much more. Yes, I do have the Tahoe Rim 100 in two weeks, but that will be more like a training run.
I did another early morning run up to the top of Lake Mountain, about ten miles round trip with almost 3,000 feet climb. I was very sluggish the entire time. Just couldn't find the energy and motivation. The ankle pain was bad and was very discouraging taking all the fun out of it. It was slow.
On the bright side, I did get the run done. Since I was so slow, I was able to enjoy watching the dawn arrive. When I started the run, an almost full moon was sinking ahead of me below the top of Lake Mountain. As I neared the summit, Venus was ahead of me rising. And then coming down the red glow of dawn could be seen across Utah Lake above Timp. As it became lighter, the green of the wheat and corn fields of the massive Church farm were a beautiful contrast to the red glow reflecting off the clouds. It was a wonderful morning. Too bad I felt slow, old, and fat.
PM
Walked a mile at lunch, ankle felt much better. I almost convinced that my Vasque Velocity shoes just irriate the tendon too much. I made an appointment with Golden at Runners Corner to help me search for new shoes. A shame since I've probably run in 30 pair of those shoes over the past several years, but it may be time to move on to newer technology. I also have two new pair, $150 wasted. Oh well, my sons all have the same foot size so they are pleased when I give them shoes, usually worn out shoes. |
Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 10.00 |
| |
| |
I went on a beautiful tough run this morning. We went up to Midway to stay for the first time in my Dad's new summer home. At 4 a.m. I left the house with flashlight in hand, not knowing anything about the trails, but headed up the mountain. I ended up going up Faucett canyon, and climbed 2,000 feet all the way to the top of Middle Mountain overlooking Midway and Heber to the east and the back of the Wasatch range to the west. I ended up on the Wasatch 100 course about at mile 94.2, a mile away from Pot Bottom, the last aid station.
The road I took up was a rough ATV trail in a small canyon bottom that at many points was a pretty severe "V" shape. It made it pretty challenging running down. I discovered that the only way to run without slipping and falling was to keep zigzagging back and forth on the walls of the "V." Just as I would almost start falling I would bounce over to the other wall which would slow me back down and then I would bounce back to the other wall. It was great fun. I decended as the dawn appeared. It was a beautiful way to begin the day with a great challenging climb.
This run really psyched me up to get ready for Wasatch 100. I did finish Wasatch back in 2006, but ran poorly during the night, wasting 1.5 hours trying to recover at Brighton. This year I hope to redeem myself and have a strong race.
My ankle felt great. Go figure. I have no idea why it felt much better today compared to yesterday. I did take an Aleve, maybe that helped. |
Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| |
Yesterday I went to Runners Corner and Golden spent a good amount of time with me taking a look at my shoe problems and had me try various shoes. As it turns out, I think my trail shoes have been almost a full size too small. My feet have likely grown a little with the 13,000+ miles over the past few years.
I selected the new La Sportiva Wildcats. I tried them out on the tough run up to the summit of Lake Mountain, with 3,000 feet of climbing and plenty of rough surface, my 26th summit. The shoes fit great and gripped the rocks well. My only concern is that they might not have enough motion control to protect the injured tendon. But I was able to run hard on the downhills without feeling like I was thrashing my feet. That is a nice feeling. That has been my biggest problem during the past few 100-mile races.
My uphill strength seems to be improving. My round trip was 2:17 which is typical. My PR for this run is 1:50 which is very fast and was done when the road was much smoother. I think I'm ready to start attacking Timp. My number of Timp summits is at 56. |
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 10.00 |
| |
| |
I gave the ankle a break and ran a much flatter run this morning. I ran over to the Talon Cove golf course and ran the fairways of holes 6-12. I run on the fairways and cart paths, avoiding the tees and greens. Once I got to the 13th hole, I decided to stay on holes 13-15 for awhile because they are away from the houses. On some holes I woke up dogs and they were barking too much, so away from the homes this wasn't a problem. Running holes 13-15 is about a 1.2-mile loop with hills. Hole 13 is a nice downhill par 4, Hole 14 is a level Par 3 (all cart path), and Hole 15 is a steady uphill par 5 hole. I ran this loop 5 times. My split times for the last four loops were, 9:52, 9:40, 8:46, and 9:41. I pushed it pretty hard on sections. From there, the dawn was arriving and I ran up into the foothill neighborhoods on the other side of Redwood Road and finished up with trails behind Rattlesnake Ridge. Total climb was probably about 1,000 feet during the run. So far this week I've climbed about 9,000 feet total. Not bad. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 14.00 |
|
| | Went up to Scout Camp at Scofiled. Got up at 3:40 for a long run while everyone was sleeping. It was great found exploring routes. I finally ended up at the Scofiled trailhead for the trail that heads up to the Highline Drive 12 miles away. I ran up that canyon (Potown Creek) all the way up to Bear Ridge where I witnessed a fantastic sunrise glowing through the apsens. It was amazing. I was up around 9,000 feet. I returned more directly, now knowing the route and saw a beautiful deer bounding near me. I was on the lookout for it becuse I noticed fresh tracks that had bee laid down after I had passed there before. Sure enough, there it was. The lake was beautiful and there were already fisherman out on it. I blasted down the hill in the scout camp and returned to our camp just in time for a great breakfast. What a great way to start a morning. I think i did about 2,000 feet of climbing. That makes 11,,000 feet for the week. |
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 17.00 |
|
| |
Still at scout camp up at Scofield Reservoir, I again got up very early, the sixth straight day that I was out running around 3:30 a.m. I’ve never done that before. I’m going to have to catch up on sleep. For today’s adventure, I decided that I would run all the way around Scofield Reservoir. I bet no one has done that before. My route turned out to be 18 miles.
I quietly left camp as the boys and leaders were snoring away after a lively evening that didn’t stop until midnight. So, I was working on only three hours of sleep. I did have a few cat-naps during the previous day. I ran the loop clockwise, first running north out of the camp and state park and onto the pavement, Rt. 96. All was quiet in the early morning and I only had about four cars pass me in either direction. I pushed the pace a bit on the pavement. I was feeling good and my problem ankle was doing well. Yesterday I did some work on my shoe tread and insole to carve off some material to relieve some pressure on the outside of my foot. It seemed to work very well, because my foot was never in much pain on this run.
As I was running along, my thoughts turned to the Colorado Mountains were several friends were running in the Hardrock 100, the toughest 100-mile race in the U.S. Local runner, the best in the world, Karl Meltzer won the race as I was running along, in 24:38.
I reached the far south end of the loop and ran through the little town of Scofield which was still very much asleep. It was now about 5:15 a.m. I was still on the pavement. The loop has about 10 miles of pavement. The sun started to rise and again today cause the clouds to look like they were on fire. It was an amazing scene.
I finally reached dirt road as several fisherman drove by and stopped to fish at Fish Creek. I was now in familiar territory, reaching a point where I had passed by in my yesterday’s run. As I ran along the wide dirt road, I passed by a couple massive cabins. I scratch my head and wonder why people want expensive cabins out here. There are no trees and it tends to be pretty windy. I guess they must have a great love for fishing and ATVs. Sitting under a cool tree in your yard isn’t an option.
To finish my run, I had to zig-zag up some roads and then decided to save a mile by doing a short bushwhack directly toward the scout camp. I descended a steep slope and then quickly connected to a trail the scouts had pounded out with their feet in a grove of trees where they did wilderness survival a couple nights earlier. The downhill run was fun as I bounded through grass and jumped over logs.
I spilled out into the scout camp, ran past the rifle range, and waved at all the camp staff who were all out picking up trash in a wide open field. I’m sure they wondered who this early morning runner was. I made the final climb up to our camp and arrived just as everyone was waking up. Perfect timing.
It was a wonderful early morning run. It was pretty level, most of the way, I probably only climbed about 1,000 feet. My time for the 18 miles was about 3:15
PM
Returned home in the morning. After an afternoon nap, went on an 4 mile run with the dog. I felt no ill-effects from the long morning run. In fact I felt vey strong and fast. After I pooped out the dog, I dropped her off at home and continued on a hill run. The legs felt great. I finished it off with a mile run through the development, running on a strip of grass along the parkway. I pushed it very hard. Neighbors driving by must think I'm weird running on the grass instead of the road and path like everyone else. But the grass is tougher and energizes me, forcing me to lift my legs more and push harder. I did get a few friendly waves from passing cars. It was a very good week of training. I'm so happy to be out training again. It feels like I'm almost back to where I should be after that setback from the injury. |
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 18.00 | Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 8.00 |
| |
| |
After work I drove up American Fork Canyon to the Timpooneke Trailhead to run up to the top of Mount Timpanogos for the first time this year. It would be my 57th career summit. This run is about 15 miles round-trip and ascends about 4,800 feet to 11,749. I had yet to be above 10,000 feet this season.
I decided to use this run to benchmark my fitness level. I have run this trail so many times that I know precisely what a good run is for me on this trail. I really worried that I was in poor shape because of less training due to my ankle injury. Last year by July 12, I had already summitted Timp three times. I really had no idea how I would do and how altitude would affect me.
Shortly before 5 p.m., I was away on the trail. Water was rushing down the river below the trail, a sign of a good runoff. I was curious to know how much snow there was up above. I reached the “ten-minute rock” in about nine minutes, a nice start! This is a big boulder by the trail as it makes a turn to the left to head toward Scout Falls. The usual streams crossing the trail in this section were running pretty fast. I knew that tip-toeing across them would slow me down, so I just blasted across them. My feet would dry off very fast.
I passed by Scout Falls in 20:15, which is a very good time. I was feeling fine and not breathing hard. This was a great sign. I continued up the giant staircase, a series of plateaus in the huge valley. I was surprised to see that by the one-hour mark, I had reached a point higher than about 53 of my previous runs up this trail. Wow, what was going on? I did notice that my right quad was starting to feel pain. I discovered the reason. I was leading out with that foot on the climbs, protecting my tender left foot that wasn’t really bothering me at all. Recently I was just getting in the habit of leading with that foot. I concentrated on a more balanced approach and could feel my left quad contributing more.
The usual snow fields arrived below the basin and they slowed me down somewhat getting across them. It looked like there was about the same amount of snow, perhaps a little more than last year at this time.
I reached Timp Basin at the junction of the trail that heads to Emerald Lake in 1:23, again a very good time for me. I could now see the entire basin and all the huge snow fields. I was now at 10,000 feet and my breathing was still under control. The basin was void of the usual plants that cover it later in the summer. Little shoots of green could be seen all over. The snow cover must have only disappeared across the basin a couple weeks ago. I had to pass over occasional snow fields, taking the usual snow routes for early in the season. I stopped to refill a water bottle in a little stream that runs directly off of a snow bank. I’ve filled up in this steam many times in the past and never had problems. The cold water tasted fantastic.
Up on the shelf below the saddle, I bypassed taking the sweeping switch-back through boulder fields and instead headed more directly toward the saddle by hiking across the snow that covered the shelf almost completely. The climb up was a little challenging in the snow and there wasn’t a very distinct trail in the snow yet. I’ve run the trail when there was much more snow. I would say that it still is too challenging for Timp novices who don’t know for sure where the trail goes, and would freak out going over steep snow slopes, but probably within a week or two it will be just fine for the usual large groups that go up on the weekends.
As I looked up to the saddle, I spied a mountain goat standing on a large rock, right on the saddle looking down at me. I reached the saddle (11,000 feet) at 1:56, still a good pace, but it slowed down a bunch from the snow climbs. Going over onto the western side, a warm wind hit me. I needed to tighten my hat in order not to lose it. All that was left was the rugged climb up to the summit. The mountain goat ran up on the trail ahead of me, keeping a close eye on me.
I pushed on ahead, starting to feel the altitude, and I stopped to eat a couple of peanut butter cups. All I brought on the run was two water-bottles filled with water and a few bite-sized cups. That would be plenty for me. The trail to the summit was rougher than usual. Many rocks had been pushed onto the trail from the winter snow, but there was no snow on the trail, on this side of the mountain. As I made the final push up the slope, I slowed from the altitude, but still had a steady pace, only stopping a couple times for about ten seconds.
I reached the summit (11,749) at 2:22, a good time for me, but not fantastic -- Pretty average. I signed the summit book and found my last entry on 10/3/08, my 56th summit. I also found Phil Lowry’s entry in October for his record 401st summit. Someone had written a sarcastic “Right!” next to it. I added a comment that Phil is the record holder. It is an amazing accomplishment. He hasn’t yet gone up this year. I texted Phil on my phone with a message that only said, “57.” He would know what the meant. And I made a quick call to home telling my son that I was on the top of the mountain and would be home in a couple hours.
Now, I was interested to see how fast I could get down. I love running down this very technical trail. My run down went fine until I started to get a little cocky and didn’t pay attention. I twisted my bad ankle very bad and screamed in pain. Luckly it didn’t pull my bad tendon and within a minute the pain was gone. That was a close one. About ten minutes later, both my feet stumbled on rocks and I started to go flying off the trail, with my head going right toward a huge boulder. But thankfully, at the last split-second, one of my feet regained control and pushed me back up, catching my balance. That would have been a terrible fall. I know my head would have hit hard and my arms would also have been bloodied. After this I slowed down some to be more cautious. I finally noticed that I was having trouble getting used to my new shoes. The tread was catching on rocks. I needed to lift my feet better. Also my left toe would catch continually, probably because the left foot was protecting my injured ankle. I concentrated on these factors and eventually could speed up again.
The sun was going down, but I had plenty of light all the way down. I finished my run in 3:54. My PR is 3:35. But anything under four hours is very good. I was delighted. I was greatly aided on the run down by snow fields. I was able to take some significant short-cuts by bounding down steep snow sections. They were all near the trail but helped me skip some switch-backs. It was great fun.
Last year my first trip up was 4:25. I did accomplish a 3:46 on July 12, 2008, almost exactly a year ago. So I have concluded that my fitness is just about what it was this time last year. That is very good news and means that I should set my sights high for Saturday’s Tahoe Rim 100. I’ll take this race more seriously now and start a taper.
My splits for the run were:
Scout Falls
|
20:15
|
Emerald Lake trail
|
1:23
|
Saddle
|
1:56
|
Summit
|
2:22
|
Saddle
|
2:37
|
Emerald Lake trail
|
2:55
|
Scout Falls
|
3:38
|
Finish
|
3:54
|
|
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| |
I'm in taper mode. I planned to get up and run about seven miles but with the Harry Potter mania going on in the house, kids coming home in the middle of the night, dogs barking, etc., I wanted more sleep.
Now my thoughts turn to Tahoe Rim 100 on Saturday. That was probably my best race performance last year. I finished in 25:53, (17th out of 111) which was over two hours faster than my first finish there. I would be VERY happy to just repeat that performance. However, I will push for even more. Here are my split goals.
|
miles |
Goal |
2006 |
2008 |
Start |
0 |
0:00 |
0 |
0 |
Hobart |
6.4 |
1:10 |
1:13 |
1:11 |
Tunnel Creek |
11.4 |
2:00 |
2:07 |
2:02 |
Tunnel Creek |
17.7 |
3:15 |
3:33 |
3:19 |
Mt. Rose |
26.7 |
5:05 |
5:37 |
5:14 |
Tunnel Creek |
35.7 |
7:05 |
7:51 |
7:12 |
Hobart |
40.7 |
8:25 |
9:30 |
8:35 |
Snow Valley |
43.5 |
9:20 |
10:31 |
9:29 |
Spooner |
50.6 |
10:50 |
12:12 |
11:00 |
Hobart |
56.6 |
12:35 |
14:32 |
13:01 |
Tunnel Creek |
61.6 |
13:50 |
15:52 |
14:26 |
Tunnel Creek |
67.9 |
15:50 |
18:02 |
16:33 |
Mt. Rose |
76.9 |
18:15 |
21:00 |
19:01 |
Tunnel Creek |
85.9 |
20:40 |
23:56 |
21:35 |
Hobart |
90.9 |
22:05 |
25:47:00 |
23:21 |
Snow Valley |
93.7 |
23:10 |
26:43:00 |
24:27:00 |
Finish |
101 |
24:40:00 |
28:04:00 |
25:53:00 |
If I would have achieved a 24:40 last year, that would have netted me a 10th place finish. I don't think the field is as competitive toward the top this year.
This race is run up on the ridges above the eastern side of Lake Tahoe. The temperatures are usually pleasant for running. For some odd reason, the finishing rate is very low, around 60% or less. The course and conditions are not that tough. However, mentally, it requires toughness because you do a 50-mile loop twice and I think a lot of people quit after the first loop, not wanting to go out into the night to do it again.
I've been working to solve the problems I had at Bighorn 100 last month.
1. Shoes. I believe I've solved this. I have two new models that have tested out well. I shouldn't have bad feet problems.
2. Dehydration. Bighorn started in the heat at 11 a.m. This race starts in the cool early morning. I'll push the liquids and electrolytes harder.
3. Ankle. The ankle feels much better. It still has pain, but it held up very well on my Timp run on Monday. | |
| Race: |
Tahoe Rim Trail 100 (101 Miles) 25:43:00, Place overall: 17, Place in age division: 1 | |
A rough draft of my race report that will later appear on my main blog:
For the third time, I entered the Tahoe Rim Trail 100 held in the mountains on the north-east side of beautiful blue Lake Tahoe. This race is in its 4th year. The course is laid out on state park and state forest land, climbing ridges overlooking beautiful Lake Tahoe and various reservoirs. The surface is mostly very runnable, soft single track. There is about 19,500 feet of climbs, aided by many switchbacks. Most of the course runs between 7,000-9,000 feet elevation. This race for some reason has a low finisher rate, but to me, this is an “easy” mountain 100 course.
TRT100 is a very runnable course with a few tough climbs. The only downside is that the 100-mile course does the 50-mile course twice. But that is OK because for most of the runners, the second trip is mostly at night. It is nice to see the entire course during the daylight and then see it from another perspective at night. Another fun feature are the out and backs and being able to see the 50-milers and 50K runners on the course too.
Goals
Last year, in 2008, this was probably my best-performing 100-mile race. I finished 17th out of 111 starters with a time of 25:54. This year, with the injury and lack of training, I would be delighted with a time approaching that. I was still smarting from the 33-hour thrashing I received at Bighorn 100 last month. I doubted my fitness and was starting to think that old-age was finally catching up with me. Five days before the race, I bench-marked my fitness by running up and down Mount Timpanogos. I discovered that I was in fine shape. I was going to initially just treat the TRT100 as a training run, but then decided to go ahead and give it all I got, and race it. I put together pacing split goals and with a near-perfect race felt that I could finish in 25 hours.
Pre-race
I traveled to the race with my wife Linda, and three of my kids (two college-age daughters, and my 12-year-old son.) We arrived on Friday at noon, deposited the drop bags, and weighed in. The scale said, 182. It depressed me to see the woman next to me weigh in at 109. That just didn’t seem fair! They put wrist-bands on us with a weight scale to tell you what drops or gains in weight would be bad. This race weighs you in at almost every aid station. It has been a bother in past years, but this year I appreciated it.
It was 102 degrees at Carson City in the afternoon. I decided to skip the pre-race briefing on the lawn at the capital. It made no sense for me to spend time out in the heat, so instead I took the family up to cool ourselves on the Lake Tahoe beach. We had a great time.
For the first time in over 50 ultras, the alarm clock woke me up from a sound sleep. Usually I am wide awake much sooner. I quietly got up at 2:30 a.m., prepared for the race, and tip-toed out the door without waking the family. I took the shuttle from Carson City to the start at Spooner Lake. From past experience, I knew they would drop us off over an hour before start, so I prepared for this. Instead of just standing around talking, I decided this year to go into the dark campground, away from the loud generator noise, and lie down on a picnic table. I used towels as a blanket and pillow, laid down on my back, and looked at the stars and crescent moon above. I had a nice rest and focused on the huge task ahead of me.
Strategy
I could tell from the relatively warm morning air, that this would be the hottest of my four years here. I had tossed out any need for warm clothes either in the morning or at night. It would be short sleeves and shorts the entire time. Because we wanted to drive home right after I finished, I didn’t want to leave a bunch of stuff out in drop bags on the course – I wouldn’t get the stuff back in time if I finished with a good time. So, instead I just put zip-locks of Ensure at each aid station and had one bag at Tunnel Creek with my flashlight and some clean socks. At the start/finish, I had plenty of stuff and would see that bag at mile 50 once I completed the loop for the first time.
I also wanted to race without a waist pack, and only carry hand-helds. During the day I would carry two hand-held bottles, and at night would carry just one, with my green flashlight in my other hand. I would have to leave my second hand-held bottle at the start/finish, at mile 50. I hoped I could make this work. I would also always have 1-4 gels in my pockets at all times.
The race
With ten minutes to spare, I wandered down to the start area, said a couple quick hellos, and then was off and running at 5:00 a.m. One runner took off like a shot. I started with a lead pack for the first mile. I even pushed on ahead and was in second place for awhile. But when we reached the single-track Marlette Trail, I stepped aside and let about 8 runners go ahead. I had no desire to be the engine on this train.
The run up Marlette Trail was very enjoyable. It is a nice soft trail and I was able to run nearly every step until we reached the lake. From there it was dirt road running up to the Hobart aid station. I arrived at Hobart (mile 6.8) at 1:15. I just couldn’t understand how my pace could be four minutes slower than last year until it finally dawned on me that they had moved the aid station nearly a half mile further up the course. I was doing just fine.
From there, the trail climbs up along the slopes of Marlette Peak, giving us stunning views of the small lake below. As we turned a corner, the enormous Lake Tahoe came into view for the first time. For the next couple miles, I ran near the leading woman runner. Once we reached the top of a ridge, I knew there would be great downhill running ahead, so I kicked up the speed a notch. Right after that, I tripped and went down. My hand-held bottles thankfully took the brunt of the force, but I wasn’t able to go into a shoulder roll. I picked myself up, noticed a bloody elbow, torn shirt at the chest, and a scraped knee. The woman runner stopped to see if I was OK, and I was, so I sent her on. My arm was a cool bloody mess. All day I would receive great funny compliments from other runners and serious concerns from aid station volunteers.
Back running, I soon recovered and within another mile caught back up with the leading woman. She yelled out, “Good to see you recovered!” She was running the downhill switch-backs very hard. I was giving all I had to just keep up with her. Finally I watched her run on toward the next aid station. I arrived at Tunnel Creek (mile 11.4) at 2:06. They had also moved this aid station! That annoyed me because it messed up my planned splits. I was four minutes behind my 2008 pace. This station would be visited 6 times during the race. I was bothered that by moving the aid station about a quarter mile up the hill, that they had changed the course distance. But the more I thought about it (and I had plenty of time to think about it) I think the course was the same length. The Red House loop was longer, but the out-and-back to Mount Rose was shorter.
At the Tunnel Creek aid station, the volunteers wanted me to stop so they could dress my wounds. I refused the offer and instead just poured water over my arm, doing my best to scrape the dirt out of the blood. No big deal.
From there we had to run down into the “Red House Loop.” It is the only section of the course that does not make use of nice switch-backs, so there are some steep descents and climbs involved. All of this 6.7-mile loop is dirt road and it descends to 6,800 feet. On the return portion of the loop, I could see many of the 50K and 50-miler runners. Their races started an hour after the 100-mile start. I watched one of the 100-mile runners pass me like a bullet running non-stop up the steep climb. Wow, what was up with that? I returned to Tunnel Creek (mile 18.1) at 7:17, five minute behind my 2008 pace. But taking into account the movement of the aid station, I was pretty much on the same pace.
Next up was a long out and back to Mt. Rose totaling about 18 miles. The entire way was along the Tahoe Rim Trail, a popular single-track trail. Today, it was very popular among the mountain bikes. They were out in force. Most of them were very considerate. They would stop and let you go by with words of encouragement. But others apparently felt like they owned the trail and they would not stop for anyone. A couple times I was bumped and nearly fell off the trail. There was one group of eight bikers going in the same direction as me for nearly the entire 9-mile segment. We kept leap-frogging each other and when they were going slow uphill, it would be tough to get by them. But eventually they figured out the etiquette of being on the same trail as a race.
Another challenge on these segments was the heat. I tried my best to push the fluids but dehydration eventually resulted. The temperature felt like it was pushing 80 degrees. My weight dropped from 182 to 175 at the lowest point. However, unlike Bighorn 100 a month ago, I was able to bounce back quickly, keep my weight around 179, and continue to push forward at a good pace.
Along this stretch I began leap-frogging with Monica Ochs from Washington. I was very impressed with her strong, steady pace. It was great motivation just trying to keep up with her. I would see her on the trail for the next 50 miles. One of her great strengths was her very fast aid station stops. Mine were fast, only a couple minutes, but every time Monica was away faster and I spent the next mile or so trying to catch up. Before descending down into the valley beneath Mount Rose, I commented to Monica that the leading 50-mile runner should be catching up soon. Sure enough, within a couple minutes the leader ran by very fast. I was surprised because he was a pretty big guy with a heavy camelback flopping on his back. I tried to keep up, but just didn’t have it in me at that point.
My split times on the out-and-back were: Mt. Rose (mile 26.9) 5:26, and back to Tunnel Creek (mile 35.7) at 7:17.
Because of the heat, I had slowed to as much as 12 minutes behind my 2008 pace. That was discouraging but I became determined to catch up. By the time I had finished the return trip, I was only five minutes behind that pace. I really enjoyed the return trip because I was able to see all of the 100-mile runners behind me. I was very surprised to discover that Jim Skaggs was just a little over a mile behind me. He was going much faster than last year.
We again climbed up and over ridges back to Hobart, above Marlette Lake. The switch-backs up always seem never-ending, but I just put my head down and concentrated hard on keeping my pace strong. I passed Monica again running down the fun descending trail into Hobart (mile 56.2) at 13:07. Adjusting for the new aid station location, I was now right on my 2008 pace. Along the way I would pass many back-of-the-packers in the 50K race. I tried to encourage everyone I passed. It was interesting to think that I was 18 miles ahead of them, although I had an hour head start.
The aid stations were all fantastic. The people at Hobart were always exceptionally nice. Each station had plenty to choose from with pre-filled cups all ready for us. There were also plenty of gels. I made sure I downed a gel at each station and usually ate another one during the next segment. I also kept one of my bottles filled with two Ensures to sip on. Calories were never a problem for me during the race. I do recall overhearing a conversation between volunteers at the Tunnel Creek aid station. At one point they ran out of gels. One volunteer was bothered that some runners had been taking up to four gels with them for the road. The other volunteer said, “Great, that is what they need!” That was a super attitude and I noticed by my next visit that more gels had arrived.
As far as my problems go, I had only minor problems. My foot/ankle problem wasn’t slowing me down at all after the first 20 miles. However, my right quad started to tighten. I discovered that I had subconsciously been leading out with my right leg in an attempt to protect the left ankle. Once I recognized this, I tried harder give my right leg a rest and let my left leg lead out on the uphills. (A day after the race, I thought it was funny that the muscles in my right leg were sore, but not my left.)
After Hobart, the next challenge was a three-mile climb up to Snow Valley, the high point of the course at 9,214. This station puts out silly signs during the last mile approaching it. If you are in the mood, they are funny, if not, they are annoying. I did like the one-mile to go sign that told you to take the exit for Snow Valley . I again passed Monica on the climb but we arrived with others to Snow Valley (mile 43.5) at 9:32. I was only two minutes behind my 2008 pace. One would think I was concentrating hard about staying on this pace, but no so. I wasn’t checking things very often so didn’t realize how close I was progressing.
Next up was a long seven-mile run back to Spooner Lake, descending over 2,200 feet. I wanted to return by the 11-hour mark, but I knew that a 1:30 leg would be tough at this point with the heat. Sure enough, Monica jumped back in the lead before I left the aid station, but I kicked in the downhill gear and passed her again on the descending traversing trail. Very few runners had passed us during the past several hours which was surprising because I expected more 50-mile racers to catch up. But finally a few 50-milers ran by as they were trying to break a 10-hour finish. The trail winded back and forth and seemed to never approach the bottom. There were a bunch of hikers sharing the trail with us. Two teens got into the spirit of the event and tried their best to keep up with me with their day packs flopping on their backs. They did very well and I hoped were inspired to take up trail running.
I arrived back to Spooner Lake (mile 50.6) at 11:07. I knew I was seven minutes behind my 2008 pace, but I also knew that last year I spent way too much time at the aid station and also got lazy on the next leg, not running much. I had arrived several minutes before Monica, but I noticed that while I was still putzing around with my stuff, that she went running by with her pacer. I made some comment to a volunteer helping me, “Shoot, I need to get going and catch up.” I had no reason to take time cleaning my feet at this point. I was delighted that I had solved the shoe problem that nearly killed my race at Bighorn last month. My La Sportiva Wildcats were working out great! I had a few hot spots that worried me at times, but I never had a single blister form. My toes had plenty of room and were never jammed on the downhills. The bottoms of my feet were less sore than usual. I was so pleased.
Now, all I had to do was run the same 50-mile loop again! I looked forward to it, especially looking forward to cooler evening air. I left behind a water bottle on purpose, knowing that I would have to carry a flashlight in 12 miles. I drank plenty before I left the station, hoping that I could do the next leg with only one bottle. I tried to push the uphill run on the Marlette Trail. But no matter how fast I went, there was no sign of Monica and her pacer. They must have had a good pace going. I reflected that I had a nearly perfect race for me going. No stomach problems, no feet problems, no bonking problems (low calories). I knew that I had no excuses and became even more determined to keep my pace going strong. I did run low on fluids during this leg, so I had no choice but to fill up from a stream flowing into Marlette Lake. Wow! That cold water tasted great.
I arrived at Hobart (mile 57) at 13:07. I had caught up to my 2008 pace (adjusting for the new aid station location). At that point the course converged with the back-of-the-pack runners in both the 100-mile and 50-mile race, making their way back to Spooner Lake. I saw several friends who continued to look determined to finish. As I kicked in the downhill gear again on the switch-backs, descending into Tunnel Creek, I finally caught back up with Monica and her pacer. I greeted them as I passed by and arrived back at Tunnel Creek (mile 61.6) at 14:23. I was back in the game, three minutes ahead of2008!
I grabbed my flashlight for the Red House Loop because I knew darkness would come before I finished the six miles. It was a little discouraging to see runners already completing this loop, 5-6 miles ahead of me. I had been ahead of many of these runners 40 miles earlier. I was glad that I was doing most of this loop in the daylight. Three years ago I did it in the dark and it seemed very spooky and lonely. I continued to leap-frog Monica and finally decided it was time to introduce myself. She was very friendly and in good spirits. I did notice that her pace was slowing. She no longer was trying to run the uphills, however she had a powerful fast power hike that I just could not match. My uphill running gear was still working fine, so eventually I ran ahead, passing Monica for the last time. She and her pacer cheered me as I ran up a hill. Darkness did descend as I climbed up and out of that valley for the last time. I turned on my flashlight and greeted other runners 5-6 miles behind me, starting their loop. I arrived back at Tunnel Creek (mile 68.3) at 14:23. I was about nine minutes AHEAD of my 2008 pace.
My stop was fast and for a change, I left before Monica. Now it would be a light game. Another runner with his pacer left the station shortly after me and I was very determined to cause their lights to disappear behind me by running hard. It worked. I did see lights approaching me. These were the lights of the front-runners, about 17 miles ahead of me. Wow, that is amazing and hard to understand how they can run that fast for so long. The first one I met sounded tired and asked me how far it was to the aid station. It was encouraging to think that even the fastest runners look forward to reaching those comforting stops.
All night, no runners would catch and pass me. In fact, the last runner to pass me was Monica at mile 63, but I passed her back. I really enjoyed running in the cool air up on the ridges. The lights of Carson City and Reno far away were amazing to see. I kept attention to any lights behind me. At one point the trail makes a sweeping turn around a drainage valley. As I was completing the sweep, I could see Monica’s light about a half-mile behind. Where were the runners ahead? With the out-and-back, I finally realized that the next runner ahead of me had about a 3-mile lead. Wow! It would be very tough to catch anyone. I arrived at Mt Rose (mile 77.1) at 18:51, 13 minutes ahead of 2008 pace.
I could tell that the people at the station had not seen another runner for quite awhile. They flocked around me and a friend took care of my every need. I was a bit incoherent at first, but my wits came back quickly and I refused any offer to spend more time or wait for something special to be cooked for me. Within six minutes I was back on the trail. I heard a person from someone’s crew comment, “Wow, that was a fast turn-around!” It need to be fast because within a couple minutes I greeted Monica and her pacer arriving. I met other runners within a mile behind her, sized them up, and realized that none of them seemed to be running extremely fast at this point. I realized that no one would probably be catching me for the rest of the race. I even had a couple stops to adjust the tension in my shoe laces, but still looking back down into the valley, the lights weren’t gaining on me.
My stomach and taste buds were sick of the Ensure in my bottle, but I really needed more fluids. For some reason they shut down the water station during the night on this long out-and-back, so instead I stopped at a creek at about mile 80. As I was scooping water up with my hand, taking in some wonderful cool water, a light approached from the other direction. It was Jim Skaggs! We stopped to talk for a minute. He was about six miles behind me, but was doing great and assured me that he was determined to finish this year, confident that he would break 30 hours. That news really perked my spirits. I wished him luck and continued on back toward Tunnel Creek. The further I went, the more of the back-of-the-pack I was able to greet. They always gave me good compliments on my continued strong running. At one point I stopped to talk to a runner that had a pacer in distress. He was having altitude sickness symptoms. I encouraged the runner to go on and have the pacer return to Tunnel Creek, only about a mile away. It would be silly for that pacer to continue to slow down his runner for the next 8 miles to Mount Rose. I hope he returned OK.
I returned to Tunnel Creek for the last time (mile 85.9) at 21:21, 14 minutes ahead of 2008. I noticed other runners, including Catra Corbett, finishing their Red Rock loop. They were now 18 miles behind me. I took my sweet time at this aid station to clean my feet and put on clean socks. Sand had built up in one of my shoes causing pain from it caking under the toes. A volunteer realized that I only had 14 miles to go. “Why are you cleaning your feet with the end so close? You will finish before sunrise.” I tried to explain that it was well worth the time investment at this point. I wanted to continue to run, not do a painful death march. But the urgency for time seemed to leave me until when I departed, I heard cheers for the arrival of another runner, probably Monica.
As I climbed up the switch-backs, out of the valley, I kept a close watch at the lights following me. They were at least a mile behind and soon disappeared as I went over the top. My pace was still good, but not urgent. The runners behind weren’t pushing me and there were no lights ahead to chase. What was the point in only chasing minutes on a clock? I was content just to continue to push on at a steady pace and maintain my finishing position.
I returned to Hobart (mile 90.5) at 23:07 about 8 minutes ahead of 2008 pace. The volunteers were very kind, making it hard to leave. I sat down and they brought me a breakfast burrito and some bacon. Unfortunately the bacon was dry. At this point, nice greasy, chewy bacon is perfect. I also forgot that eggs don’t work with my stomach at this point. That was solved about a mile up the trail. I finally pulled myself out back on the trail, and as I left, I could see Monica’s lights descending toward the aid station. I needed to kick it back into gear.
The climb up to Snow Valley went well. I pushed the climb and still had that uphill running gear when I wanted to use it. Up on top, it was still dark. I looked behind me but couldn’t see any lights. I remembered that last year at this point, the dawn light had arrived. I realized that I must be well ahead of my 2008 pace. I was. I arrived at Snow Valley (mile 93.7) at 24:15, 12 minutes ahead of last year.
My stop was brief. I just ate a gel and topped off my water bottle. I had been drinking straight water for the past three hours, but also taking S!-caps. OK, how strong did I want to finish? In both 2006 and 2008, I really blasted down the hill fast, in 1:26 both times. Yesterday I did this final leg of the loop in 1:32. How fast did I want to finish? I would only be pleasing the timer. It was very unlikely that I would pass anyone. I decided to give a strong effort, maintain a steady run, and try not to walk any of the small hills. My legs felt wonderful for running over 95 miles. They didn’t complain when I pushed the pace up a notch at times.
The final leg went great. My focus now was to just beat my 2008 time. Dawn arrived, but the sun never arose high enough to hit me. I finished the final leg in 1:28 for a finishing time of 25:43, 11 minutes better than last year! It was a strong victory for me. I was very pleased and felt relatively good at the finish. Unfortunately I arrived too fast for my family. They had just dragged out of bed and arrived 20 minutes later. I was a mess with my bloody arm and dirt caked up my legs.
I left before any other runners behind me finished. I took a quick shower at the motel and then we were on the road for home by about 8 a.m. The first three hours cramped in the car were rough with sore feet and knees. But I cooled the feet on the air conditioning vent and after a few hours I had recovered nicely and was even able to take a few short cat naps. We returned home in Utah by the time the awards ceremony started back in Carson City. What a whirlwind weekend! After a good night’s sleep, I was back at work in the morning feeling fine. I’m not quite sure what I did right, but by far this 25:43 finish was far easier on my body than the 33 hour death march last month at Bighorn 100.
This was my 25th 100-mile finish, one of my strongest performances to date. Next up for me? Nothing too tough until Wasatch 100, my hometown race. That will be my focus for the year.
|
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 101.00 |
| |
| |
Went to work feeling pretty good. Surprising in that I finished running 100 miles just 24 hours earlier. But by 3 p.m., I was dragging. Once I was home I crashed and slept for a couple hours then wrote up my race report. You can read it at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=158 | |
| | You got to love Day 2 after a 100-mile run. The nerve endings start waking up in your feet. Ouch! It feels like little needles pricking my toes. My appetite is starting to come back. It looks like I lost about 4 pounds of fat on Saturday. That means that I still wasn't taking in enough calories during the run...a constant challenge for me. Oh well, I need to lose the weight anyway. | |
| |
Bouncing back from the 100. Feels like I can start running again tomorrow morning.
Well, I went and did it....signed up for yet another 100-mile race this year. This one is Javelina Jundred near Phoenix. It is held on Halloween and is always a fun party. People run in costumes. I guess I'll have to get the coonskin hat out. This will make 7 100s for the year. | |
| |
Did a recovery run, slow but steady. Tested out new Montrail Wildwood shoes. They look like they will be great for ultras. It is good to have two different shoes that will work for me. I ran up Grandview Blvd and then out on the dirt road south of the Church farm. The massive wheat fields were a glow of gold in the early morning dawn. I went out to try running on some motorcycle trails that I only knew about because I can see them on Googe Earth. They were pretty run, running in the desert sections between the wheat fields. With the higher grass this time of year, I did lose the trail a few times. I need to study Googe Earth more to stay on trail. It was a nice recovery run. My legs feel fine except the right quad is a little sore from protecting my ankle. The ankle is a little sore, but not bad.
One of the problems in doing so many 100-milers is you risk the danger of not being able to trail in-between them. I'm thrilled to see that I can already start training again. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 9.00 |
| |
| |
I did an early morning run up Mount Timpanogos this morning. It was my second summit of the year and my 58th career summit. I was on the trail at about 2:15 a.m. A couple other groups started about that time but I ran ahead. It would be interesting to hear them talk about the strange runner in shorts only carrying a water bottle and a strange green flashlight. I did only take with me one water bottle with water, no food. I meant to buy some treats at a convenience store, but they were all closed during the early morning, perhaps for the pioneer holiday. So I made the run with zero calories. I didn't even eat anything when I woke up. No problem, it would be a fat-burning run.
I didn't push the pace too hard. I've never attempted a Timp summit so close after a 100-mile run. It has been only 5 days since I finished Tahoe Rim 100. But I felt really good, just a right quad a little sore still.
So I ran and powerhiked up the trail, passing a couple other groups above Scout Falls. When I arrived at the basin, I could see the lights of a large group over on the Aspen Grove trail. The Timpooneke trail is almost clear of snow, except for the slope below the saddle. There is a good traverse trail stamped out in the snow. I reached the saddle at 2:05 (elapsed time) and the summit at 2:33. So the pace wasn't terribly fast, but still about twice typical hiking speed. I signed the register and then started running down.
Coming down is always good for the ego because all those hikers I passed track my green light ahead of them. I reached a group (the group from Aspen Grove side) at the chimney section and a girl went on and on about how fast I was going. It was fun to just blast down this steep rugged section near them. I took some short cuts down the snow slope so avoided a couple other groups, but I met one that started the same time as me. They were down in the basin, at the trail junction to Emerald Lake. They cheered me and a girl asked, "How old are you?" I proudly replied, "50" as I ran fast past them. I heard some "wows" behind me. Like I say....great for the ego.
I took my sweet time getting down. Wild flowers were really blooming on the slope near the big rock slide. An explosion of yellow that really reflected the dawn light. It was fantastic!!! I should have had my camera.
There is always a huge gap between the hikers that start out in the dark and those who start with the dawn light. I suppose lots of groups wait for the light. But there is a huge difference in these groups that start with the light. They aren't experienced hikers. Many haven't seen a trail in years. It is frustrating because when I come running down the trail they don't know what to do. Some get it, as I yell out, "Hi there!!! Coming through!!!" They quickly step off the trail and let me go. But others for some reason look at me and then speed up their hike, like somehow it will help them get out of the way. Two guys did this and sure enough, I plowed into them and almost got knocked off the trail. I think I conked one guy with my flashlight. I regained my balance and just kept on going, shaking my head, wondering. Oh well. Everytime I pass by someone who steps kindly off the trail, I say, "Thank you!"
I finished my run in 4:26, a nice pace, but not blazing fast. The groups that started with me were probably reaching the summit around that time.
I reached home just as my wife was getting up. "What time do you leave??!!" is the typical question when I return. I took a cat nap and then was good to go for the day. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| | Did 8 hours of tough trail work on the trail above Draper that were washed out due ot the fire on those slopes. We had a good group of ultrarunners there, several good friends. We had a lot of fun making fun of each other and talking about running all day. The work was very tough expecially when the sun came out. Everyone worked very hard and the Draper guys were very happy with the results of our work. It was interesting to get a good upper body workout. I could feel my swimming muscles being used and I was surprised that I had plenty of strength and endurance. The trail work fulfills the service requirements for Wasatch 100 and Bear 100. |
Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 2.00 |
| |
| |
I got up early 1:30 a.m. to go put in some big miles. I intended to again run a marathon distance before heading into work, but I slowed down and had enough after 22 miles. I again ran a 1.07-mile loop up above my home around a bluff known to old Lehi residents as "Rattlesnake Ridge" because of the number of snakes that like to make nests in the cracks and caves.
1.07-mile loops. Alternating direction each time. The entire loop is dirt and the south-eastern end is pretty rough and rocky because future development has creeped up there.
1 |
8:54 |
2 |
8:41 |
3 |
9:41 |
4 |
9:19 |
5 |
9:37 |
6 |
8:56 |
7 |
9:47 |
8 |
8:32 |
9 |
10:16 |
10 |
9:44 |
11 |
10:02 |
12 |
10:08 |
13 |
10:07 |
14 |
10:52 |
15 |
10:59 |
16 |
11:57 |
17 |
12:20 |
18 |
12:01 |
19 |
15:38 |
Total, including the time to get up and back from the loop was about 3:40. My loop times were pretty good for awhile, but then slowed down and became more painful so I knew I was done.
The morning was very pleasant. Plenty of critters on the trail. The mice were pretty active on the east side of the hill and I almost stepped on a couple. The jack rabbits were active on the other side of the hill. I startled one and it brushed up against my leg. Venus rose over the Wasatch mountains and it was cool to watch it get higher with each loop. I belive my nocturnal run was noticed by a dog in a yard far below because it would start barking when I ran around on the east side. It probably drove its owner nuts. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 22.00 |
| |
| |
Ran up Lott Canyon on Lake Mountain, including both spurs of it. Uneventful, just a good hill workout.
Looking at my miles for the month, this is my top July for my career. I'll probably have a 100-mile week this week since I will be pacing at Katcina Mosa 100k for about 39 miles on Saturday. For this year, I'm about 100 miles behind last year, but catching up. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 9.00 |
| |
| | A morning off, healing up some minor stuff and resting. | |
| |
Ran up Timp this morning. My third summit of the year and #59 all-time. I was on the trail a little before 2:30 a.m. I knew there was no one ahead of me on the trail because I was breaking through the spider strands across the trail. But as I neared the rockslide below the basin, I noticed sets of lights coming down. I met this group on the rock slide. A guy warned me that there were some bears "in the meadow." I went on, but as I neared the basin, I slowed my pace and made sure I was making plenty of noise. As I reached the junction to the Emerald Lake trail, I shined my light in that direction and sure enough, saw two pair of large eyes off in the distance. Pretty spooky. Thankfully my trail went in the other direction, so I quickly went on my way be continued to make noise.
I reached the summit in 2:32, not very speedy. The trail still has a snow traverse below the saddle. The snow was frozen and pretty slick. I did feel much stronger and faster above 11,000 feet. Coming down, I met three guys at the chimney section who came up from Aspen Grove. They were climbing without flashlights. One guy was holding a sleeping bag. Pretty funny.
On the return through the basin, I made plenty of noise, yelling, growling, etc. As I passed by that area, I did hear something large climbing up some scree, but it was still dark so I couldn't tell for sure if it was a bear. Further down, I practically ran into a deer. I saw some movement as I reached a corner and when I turned it there was a deer on the trail. It wasn't too concerned, moved a little of the trail and I came within 10 feet of it.
The streams are still flowing pretty good, but some are disappearing. I counted 21 stream crossings coming down. Some were just trickles. Several streams were gone from last week. As dawn arrived more hikers were coming up. When I got at the bottom, a group of young, fast runners were starting out. They were dressed in skimpy shorts and singlets. It was 48 at the trailhead, but it was near freezing at the top. Oh well, hope they didn't get too cold.
My round trip was 4:25. A slow trip, but a good workout. I got into work about 40 minutes later than usual. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| | Ten hours of sleep last night. Wow! I guess I made up for only 3 the night before. Resting up for pacing duties at Katchia Mosa 100K tomorrow. Deciding if I want to do 39 miles or 45. | |
| Race: |
Katcina Mosa 100K (47 Miles) 13:12:00 | |
At Katcina Mosa 100K, I paced Mark Ellison for the last 40 miles of the course. I put together a slide-show audio/video about the experience. The race is a tough mountain race that shares part of the course with the Squaw Peak 50, in the opposite direction. I had great fun playing the pacer role. One runner commented, "Boy you are a mean pacer." Ha, ha, no whining allowed when I pace! Mark successfully finished in under 17 hours.
Watch the video on Face Book (better quality): http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=228437290693
Watch the video on YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YU_WqZog_XM
I paced Mark Ellison at Katcina Mosa 100K held in the mountains between Provo Canyon and Hobble Creek Canyon. It was his first attempt to run past 50 miles. I climbed up to Lightning Ridge, about mile 20 of the course and ran with him to the finish. It was my birthday today and that was the perfect birthday present to be out running in the mountains with friends. I really enjoyed running at a slower pace because I had plenty of energy the entire day. I helped several runners keep their pace going by taunting them, barking orders, or just giving encouragement. Also, I feasted on solid food at the aid stations instead of running on liquids and I always felt great, with plenty of energy. Mark finished in about 16:42. We pushed the last 20 miles pretty hard. He had a rough recovery, so I drove his van home for him while he lied down in the back.
I will be putting together a video/slide show. Stay tuned. I'll update this entry when it is available. I probably took about 100 pictures.
|
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 47.00 |
| |
| |
Taking it easy today. I enjoy feeding my face for a couple days after a long race. Still I am losing weight. Recovery from Saturday's 47-mile run is pretty much complete. None of the usual symptoms after a 50-mile race because it was a slower pace, I ate much better than usual, and I didn't get dehydrated. No soreness in the legs at all.
With about ten miles to go, I remember a young runner was telling me how he really struggled about five miles back, bonking between two long sections. He commented how amazed he was that all I carried was two water bottles. I did say, "Well, I do have a few jelly beans in my pockets." That did make me think. I ate pretty good at each aid station, but never got hungry between them. I think because of all the low-carb morning runs I do, that I have trained my body to switch to fat-burning without difficulty.
Another runner saw me come into an aid station during the hot afternoon. He couldn't believe that I still had plenty of fluid in my bottles. He had run out well before the station. I looked at my bottles and shrugged. I hadn't noticed, and wasn't thirsty. Again, the slower pace just made it feel like a nice stroll in the mountains. I really had a super time. No pain.
| |
| | Ignored the alarm at 3:45 and slept in. | |
| |
Well, I did it again! I ran a marathon before work. I was up at 1:00 a.m. and and out the door around 1:30 a.m. This time I ran a one-mile loop behind Rattlesnake ridge. This loop is half dirt and half pavement. The pavement is hilly, in a loop that is undeveloped, no houses. I was going to do a long run instead of running in circles, but I hate hauling all the water, given the warm temperatures. So instead I chose to do a loop again. This loop is tougher than the one I did around rattlesnake ridge a couple weeks ago. Even though there is some pavement, it has a little more hills. Over the entire marathon, about 2,000 feet climb. I chose a loop with some pavement because the moon was out. I wanted to do this run without a flashlight and doing it half on pavement meant that I didn't have to worry about tripping if I couldn't see very well. I ran the dirt portions by moonlight too, but was slowed someone. I just couldn't push the pace speedy in moonlight. But, I still finished the marathon in 4:15, which was pretty good, given the conditions.
The pavement loop is near the backs of some homes, but thankfully there weren't any dogs in the backyards so I didn't stir up any attention as I ran by 24 times. As dawn approached a couple of deer came by and were curious as to what I was doing out there.
To count my loops, I made a pile of 24 rocks. After each loop I moved one rock to the done pile. That way I could keep track without thinking. much. I had a good time and it was a great workout.
Split times
1 |
10:25 |
1.3 |
2 |
8:00 |
|
3 |
8:05 |
|
4 |
8:16 |
|
5 |
8:30 |
|
6 |
8:55 |
|
7 |
8:39 |
|
8 |
8:37 |
|
9 |
8:56 |
|
10 |
8:44 |
|
11 |
8:48 |
|
12 |
10:32 |
|
13 |
10:27 |
|
14 |
10:20 |
|
15 |
10:09 |
|
16 |
10:25 |
|
17 |
11:04 |
|
18 |
10:22 |
|
19 |
10:53 |
|
20 |
11:12 |
|
21 |
11:22 |
|
22 |
11:11 |
|
23 |
11:40 |
|
24 |
11:07 |
|
25 |
5:55 |
0.6 |
26.2 |
11:59 |
1.3 |
|
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 26.00 |
| |
| |
Ten hours of sleep last night, wow. I guess I made up for yesterday.
I'm contemplating doing Timp repeats this weekend. I vowed to never consider going after that stupid record again, but evil thoughts are entering my mind today. 1? 2? 3? 4? 5? 6? Such evil thoughts. Last time I tried this again I quit after 3. Looks like dodging thunder storms could be a problem and it would be cold on top. Just thoughts at this point. The story about my 5 summits is at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=42 | |
| |
Well, my evil thoughts of doing Timp repeats went away after I took a closer look at the weather forecast. I probably could have got in three trips before the storms, but that would have shut me down. It is too brutal to try in bad weather.
I took a day vacation anyway. When I got up, the morning was so beautiful and cool that I couldn't resist doing at least one trip up Timp. I decided to push the pace harder then usual and see what I could do. I met several people on the trail who knew me. It is always fun to get a friendly greeting. The wind was pretty bad, more than usual. On the push up to the summit there were gusts of about 30 mph or more. Going up the chimney area, the gusts were blowing up the mountain and actually blew my shirt clear up to my shoulders, almost off me entirely. I had to tighten down my hat so it wouldn't blow away.
Everyone going up to the summit was bundled up nicely, looked like they were heading into the arctic snow. I was in shorts and a thin long-sleeved shirt. One little kid warned me that it was cold and windy up there. It wasn't a problem because I was moving so fast. The temperature seemed pleasant most of the time. However, I was glad that I was not attempting repeats today. The temperature would sap energy after awhile because of the wind.
Coming down, near the chimney area, a group of goats waited to let me go, so they could go up the trail. There were 7 of them, 3 adults and 4 cute kids. Boy can they run across steep slopes!
I ran down pretty hard. At one point, I passed two ladies going down. I shouted out and gave them a warning with plenty of time, but one of the ladies had a dog on a leash. Instead of moving to the same side of the trail with her dog, she moved to the other side and had the cord extending across the trail. I didn't see it until it was across my neck. Thankfully, it didn't take off my head. I just continued on with my head attached.
I was very pleased with my pace and was certain that I could set a PR for a round trip. I thought my PR was 3:42, so I pushed it hard enough to make sure I broke it with plenty of time to spare. I finished in 3:36:51. I was pleased. But, when I went home and checked my records, I discovered that my PR was 3:35:50. Dang, I missed it by a minute.
I reached the summit in 2:13, and my descent was 1:23. That descent is a PR! It didn't feel like I was pushing it very hard. It was my 4th Timp summit for the year and my 60th career summit.
Splits:
10-minute rock |
0:10:12 |
Scout Falls |
0:21:48 |
switchback corner |
0:43:51 |
Emerald Lake Trail Jct |
1:23:29 |
Saddle |
1:51:14 |
Summit |
2:13:11 |
Saddle |
2:26:55 |
Emerald Lake Trail Jct |
2:42:28 |
switchback corner |
3:07:36 |
Scout Falls |
3:22:56 |
10-minute rock |
3:30:11 |
trailhead |
3:36:51 |
|
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Provo 1/2 Marathon (13.1 Miles) 01:43:42, Place overall: 259, Place in age division: 9 | |
Well, I wasn’t really in the race, but I ran the course 25 minutes after the field started. I waited too long to enter this race, so when I woke up this morning, I decided to drive to the mouth of Provo Canyon, run up 10 miles to the starting point, and then run the course chasing the field.
I started my run a little before 6 a.m. and ran up the Provo River Parkway. I would climb about 1,500 feet over the ten miles to reach the start of the half marathon. It was nice to give my ankle a break from the trails and get some speed work on the pavement. I pretty much had the parkway to myself as I wound my way up the canyon. I could see people setting up the aid stations. Once I reached Vivan Park, I ran along the road climbing up South Provo Fork. The busses were coming down the road toward me.
With about 1.5 miles to go, I saw the front runners blasting down the road toward me. I made sure I was hugging the left shoulder of the road to stay out of the way. Then a sea of hundreds of runners came toward me covering the entire road. I stayed way left, but still some runners weren’t paying attention, not expecting someone to be running UP the road. I had to slow my pace to avoid head-on collisions. Many wise-guys would tell me I was going in the wrong direction. Several runners called out my name. Finally the field passed by and then the walkers were gone too. It was quiet again and a beautiful morning in the canyon.
I continued my run up the canyon until I reached the starting line. All was quiet, not a soul was there. I could see a long line of porto-potties standing quiet in a row. Without any fan-fare, I started my stop watch and was away for my half-marathon run, 25 minutes after the official start. I could tell right away that I wouldn’t be able to sustain the usual fast pace down the canyon. My legs already had 10 uphill miles on them and also there wasn’t anyone around to compete with, to push the pace. Also, my run up and down Timpanogos in 3:36 yesterday could still be felt. I decided to try to maintain a steady marathon pace.
The first few miles were disappointing because of all the trash that had been thrown down on the road by the sea of runners. There were also tons of sweat shirts thrown here and there. Why didn’t they use the bags that would be taken to the finish? After about 2.5 miles, I reached the first aid station and the walkers bringing up the rear.
It was very interesting passing hundreds of runners. First, there were the over-weight walkers, struggling down the road. Next, came the power walkers. Finally some runners appeared, looking like they were really struggling. Then came the slow women runners talking non-stop to their friends, out for their usual run/walk for the morning. Then came an amazing sea of women runners. Where were the men? They were all women, jogging pretty well, pushing hard enough that they were not chatting with friends. My running pace was considerably faster. One woman yelled out, “Hey, quit running so fast!” I laughed and explained I started late.
On and on I went. Down by Bridal Veil Falls, the course headed up a road for a three-mile out and back. The uphill was a good challenge. I pushed the pace very hard, running about twice as fast as the runners behind me. It was fun to see all the runners coming back toward us. One of them called out to me. It was my step-brother. I’m sure he was wondering why I was running that far back in the pack.
Once heading downhill again, I pushed the speed again harder. It was an obstacle course passing hundreds of runners. Little by little the runners looked more fit and their pace was better, but as we reached the 11 mile-mark, I could see many runners struggling with the distance. With only a couple miles, I pushed it hard, knowing that my 23-mile run was almost over.
As I approached the finish line, I heard my name called out a couple times. Before I reached the finish line, I pulled off the course and hit my watch. My time was 1:43:42. Not bad for miles 10-23. My pace was consistent with my average marathon pace (under 3:30 pace). I suspect if I would have run it on fresh legs with competitors, I could have shaved off 7-8 minutes. I enjoyed telling my tale of my morning to several friends and then ran another mile back to my car. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 24.00 |
| |
| | Slept in. Body seeking some rest and healing. |
| |
At 3 a.m. I went up into the foothills for a hilly workout on trails. As I was running up the road, a Saratoga cop car came by. He took a close look at me but didn't bother to stop. I ran a 2.3-mile loop three times and took some side trips up canyons to get some elevation climb.
It was a real struggle this morning and not very fun. The ankle was really complaining and I have another issue that I'll visit with the doctor on Monday. Then my lower back was painful. It was just one of those days. Perhaps I need to take a couple days off. We'll see. I did have the top mileage for the month on the blog, but I've fallen to third place now. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 12.00 |
| |
| |
Well, after a bad training run yesterday morning, I got right back on the horse and headed back out at 3:00 a.m. again this morning. I had a great run. The ankle wasn't a problem. I think if I don't run for two days the ankle starts to tighten up. I guess I will try to keep working it. This morning, I went back up in the foothills to run up a hidden canyon that I couldn't seem to find yesterday but could see on Google Earth. I also know I hiked up it about ten years ago. Sure enough I found it. I thought the ATV road going into it was just a spur off of another road to a smaller canyon to the south. But this canyon is a much deeper canyon, about 0.6 mile until it ends. The canyon does continue up steeper but it isn't runnable because of all the trees, brush, rocks...no trail. But the road was a nice incline, great for hill training.
So, I ended up running all over the place. Up, down, up, down, loops, and short steep hill climbs. I climbed about 2,000 total. I kept my eye out at times for the metor shower, but only saw one shoot star. The moon was very bright. It was a great morning. The sun is rising later. I finished my run at about 6:00 a.m. and the dawn glow is bright enough to run without a light and relects off of Utah Lake....a beautiful sight.
|
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 14.00 |
| |
| | Out running again at 3 a.m. Saw several meteors, part of the meteor shower. I tried to find a new trail, a loop on the north-east corner of Lake Mountain. After it made a 100-foot climb, I lost it in the grass. I thought I was in the wrong place so didn't look hard. But after checking Google Earth again, I understand now where it continued. I'll try it again. I ran around and through the Church farm. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 11.00 |
| |
| | Rested, caught up on sleep |
| |
I did a very early morning run up Mount Timp, starting around 2:00 a.m. This was my Timp Summit #61. I ran with jun, my brother Bob, and my brother-in-law Ed. Jun wrote up a very good summary of the adventure. See his writeup. I led the pack and when I got a little lazy, Ed noticed and would tell me to start working again. Our splits were fairly good and typical for me for the first half of the climb, but instead of fading the second half, my buddies helped me keep the pace strong. By the time we reached the basin, we had passed all the hikers who had started as early as midnight.
We made the summit in 1:57. I pushed the last segment hard and reached the top a minute or two ahead of Ed and jun.
From there, my legs felt super, so as I descended, and when I noticed Ed and jun couldn't keep up, I decided to just go for it. My pace down was the fastest I have ever done, even in the daylight. My balance felt great, energy high, and no pain in the ankle. I passed groups of hikers so fast that no words were even spoken between us as I flew by them. As I approached each group, I would let out a whoop, then scream, "coming through!" and finally yell, "Please step aside." As I blasted past, I would say "Thank you!" This seemed to do the trick nicely. They all cleared off the trail in time and just watched the crazy guy with the green light blast by in the dark.
In the basin I looked back up and saw that I was far ahead of jun and Ed, so I continued the blistering pace. I reached the junction with the Emerald Lake trail at 2:21. Holy Cow! I was crushing my PR. I reached a huge group of college kids who blinded me with their lights. They confused me and I started running far off the trail. "Where is the trail?" I yelled out. They all were helpful to point the way to me and I flew by them again.
My pace continued fast below the basin, down the rock slide but then I started to have problems. The groups of hikers started to distract me. Right after I passed one group, I took my eyes off the trail and down I went. I knocked my head on a rock, bounced back up, felt my head, discovered it was still there, and continued on, just a little slower. Within a half mile, I met another group who were not as fast to step aside. As I approached, I looked up to make sure I didn't plow into them, but both my feet slid off of a wet slick rock. Down I went again, very hard. I hit both my forearms on rocks, the left started to swell a bump right away and the right felt worse. I bounced up and ran by the group. I slowed down another notch but still kept up a good fast past, just not crazy fast any more.
I worried about my right arm. The hand started to get a little numb and extending my fingers caused pretty good pain. I hoped I didn't bust it. Oh well, nothing to do but get down, so why not try to still get down fast. Finally I was through with the groups of hikers who started early and I knew there would usually be a large gap before more hikers who started closer to dawn. I looked far up the mountain but there was no sign of jun or Ed. I must have been nearly a mile ahead.
Well, my face plants weren't over. This time I simply tripped on a big rock. I scraped my legs and elbow, but bounced up again, this time walking for a couple dozen yards. Boy, I was getting beat up today. Not time to whine, I had a great time going and needed to push to the finish.
From Scout Falls to the bottom I again met tons of hikers. I continued my pattern of warnings and they worked fine except for two guys who told me that I should run off the trail instead of them stepping aside. Oh well. My warnings I guess worked, because when jun came through all these hikers they all knew what to do for him. Jun said one hiker said to him, "The guy with the green light is way ahead of you!"
My arm felt better toward the bottom so I stopped worrying and again pressed the pace hard for a good finish. I finished in a new PR! 3:10:36. My previous record was 3:35:50. I crushed it. I had run down from the summit in 1:13. It made quite a difference having others along to push me. I had a lot of gas left in the tank. If I had not fallen, I think my time would have been 5-7 minutes faster.
I washed off my wounds and cooled my arm in the water, and then went to the car to inspect the damage to my arms. They weren't that bad. As I was resting, I saw jun's light. He finished in about 3:18. Ed, with less experience running down trails, arrived in about 3:39. Both are outstanding times. So we waited for Bob. I thought he would finish around 4:20, but when he had not arrived by 4:30, I decided to go run up the trail to find him. I hoped that he wasn't injured clear up at the top. But within a half mile or so, I found him running hard down. I joined in and he finished in 4:40. Wow, it had been a wonderful morning. We beat the storms and had perfect weather for the run. I never needed to put on my gloves or jacket.
My splits were:
10-minute rock |
0:09:00 |
Scout Falls |
0:20:16 |
switchback corner |
0:39:00 |
Emerald Lake Trail Jct |
1:14:50 |
Saddle |
1:39:04 |
Summit |
1:57:48 |
Saddle |
|
Emerald Lake Trail Jct |
2:21:55 |
switchback corner |
2:42:18 |
Scout Falls |
2:56:28 |
10-minute rock |
3:04:20 |
trailhead |
3:10:36 |
|
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 14.00 |
| |
| |
Another day of rest. Trying to heal up a nagging internal injury. Saw the doctor (specialist) today and he wasn't concerned at all, understanding the amount of running I do. He didn't even tell me to lay off. So, I'll put up with it for another month, get through Wasatch and Bear and see if it heals up.
I was very encouraged by my Timp run on Saturday morning. Crushing my PR by 25 minutes felt very good and I wasn't running at race pace, probably about 85%. So, I'm feeling pretty happy about my training progress. I wish I lived closer to the Wasatch course and could do some training on it. Oh well. Altitude at 11,000+ was not an issue at all Saturday. That is kind of surprising because I do most of my training around 5,000 feet and have only got up above 10,000 feet once per week.
Park City Marathon on Saturday. I entered it to force myself NOT to enter Leadville 100 again this year....just too expensive to go out to Colorado this year. So I'll go do a nice long tempo run at that Park City altitude and have some fun. | |
| |
I was out running a little before 3:00 a.m. Went up into the Lake Mountain foothills to find a trail loop I failed to fully locate last week. I succeeded this time. It is a 1.7 mile loop with about 250 elevation climb. I started the loop in the northeast corner and headed south up a canyon, a steady climb, ending with a short steep climb up onto a ridge. Here is where I lost the trial last week. The grass is high and when I looked closer, I could see a double track road that traversed around the ridge into the next canyon. It was pretty level, but challenging because of the dry grass, sometimes waist-high. But the grass was sparse enough and would just hit against my legs in that section. Once in the next canyon, it is a nice fast descent down the canyon to the main road that runs along the Church farm. I needed to hop over a log fence. I think the fence was put up about eight years ago. That explains why the grassy road doesn't receive traffic anymore. But it is great for running.
I ran the loop six times. My times were: 23:42, 20:31, 20:02, 18:39, 20:54, and 28:17. So my fastest loop was just a little faster than an 11-minute mile. That shows how tough the loop was. I'm sure I could do it quite a bit faster during the day, but with the dark, at times my flashlight wasn't good enough to illuminate the trail through the grass, so I just had to feel the trail. It was a good workout. Working the climbs felt good.
I was able to watch the moon, just a sliver, rise above the Wasatch mountains, with Venus above it. Orion was low in the sky to the right. As I finished, there additionally was a glow behind the mountains as the dawn was arriving. Not a cloud in the sky. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 14.00 |
| |
| |
Slept in. I had a weird running dream when I woke up. I was running lap 99 of a 100-miler. Of course the course was inside a building. Almost all my running dreams involve running inside houses. Go figure. A couple weeks ago a running dream was outside but it was distressing because I was running right behind some front-runners and when we turned a corner I saw a runner ahead purposely move a barrier so that runners behind would take a wrong turn. Even though I saw him do that, I took the wrong turn. (I'm not very smart in my dreams.) I was very mad that this runner did this.
Planning on running Kings Peak on Friday and then Park City Marathon on Saturday. So there is no reason to go crazy about mid-week miles. Resting and healing.
PM
Ran with the dog six miles from the house up to the top of a canyon on Lake Mountain. The little dog got pooped out near the top, but with a five minute rest she was able to keep up on all the downhills. I need to do more afternoon runs to get some heat training in. At Wasatch it always is hot from Alexander Ridge to Lambs Canyon. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 6.00 |
|
| |
I ran up to the top of the highest peak in Utah, Kings Peak (13,528 feet). The summmit gets about 5,000 visitors per year. However, few people run from the trailhead to summit and back in one day. Most people do a three-day backpacking trip. This was my 8th Kings Peak Summit and the sixth time I have done the summit in one day. I made the run with jun and his neighbor Eric. Read jun's detailed writeup here.
The trail is very technical including about five miles of bowling ball trail and another three miles of boulder hopping. It is very tough. I worried about Eric, a road running, doing this run as his first major trail run. It did check back his speed, but he did very well.
Our run was about 13 miles in and 13 miles out, with about 5,000 feet elevation climb. I signed up for this run in order to get more altitude training before Wasatch 100. I really enjoyed the run up, but had a rough time running back down because of record warm temperatures. It wasn't really that hot at that altitude, but I just haven't been training at all in the heat, so it really affected me. It sapped my energy with about 9 miles to go. I recovered some, but later ran out of water and became badly dehydrated. I finally had to dip into a side stream with two miles to go. I hope there weren't any nasties in the water. It sure tasted good.
It turned out still to be the fastest summit and round trip I have ever done. It was 3:40 to the summit and 6:58 round trip running time. I did stop the watch at the top and a few times waiting for the others to catch up.
My splits heading up were:
Alligator Lake trail: 0:27
Elkhorn Crossing: 1:00
Dollar Lake sign: 1:22
Trail sign: 1:36
Gunsight Pass: 2:09
Andersen Pass: 2:53
Kings Peak Summit: 3:40
My pace from Andersen Pass to the summit was pathetic. The altitude above 12,000 slammed me. I kept getting very dizzy and would have to stop and get blood back in my head. I even stayed away from the cliffs, for fear I would faint and tumble off the mountain. Ha, ha. Once on top, in a few minutes I felt fine. No headache, which I usually get up there.
After returning to Gunsight Pass, as I started to kick it into gear in an attempt to catch up to jun, I took a major face-plant. I did a shoulder roll, but bruised and scraped up my leg, shoulder, back, and bloodied a finger. I layed on the trail for a couple minutes with Eric looking over me. Finally I felt a little better and got up. That is four bad face-plants in only one week. That took the wind out of my sails. I decided to take it easy the rest of the way. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 26.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Park City Marathon (26.2 Miles) 04:04:53, Place overall: 114, Place in age division: 13 | |
I ran in the Park City Marathon, my third road marathon of the year. What's up with that? Am I converting to the dark-side of running? Well, actually, this marathon is not your typical road marthon. It is run at altitude and has about ten miles of dirt. The hills are never-ending and it makes an amazing huge circle around the valley, visiting Deer Valley and Park City. I think this marathon experience would be very attractive to ultrarunners.
Well, yesterday I ran marathon distance, doing a much tougher run up to the top of King's Peak (13,528 feet) and back with 5,000 feet of climbing. What was I thinking running a marathon the very next day? I've never been accused of having judgement that makes sense when it comes to my running. Yesterday's mountain marathon left my legs somewhat tired, but not sore. I was more worried about the stress my system experienced due to severe dehydration. Also, I had only slept about 8 hours over the past 48 hours. It was not the best way to rest up for a marathon.
However, I was excited to run in Park City because I really wanted to have a good long tempo run at 7,000 feet. I didn't study the course much and was very suprised to discover how many hills we had to climb. Oh well, what goes up, must come down, and I had a great time blasting down some hills, especially when they were dirt hills.
I wasn't very serious about this race. I lined up mid-pack at the start, talking with my friend Jim. As we were talking the horn sounded. Oh, I guess I better start running. My race started very good. I was surpised how well my legs felt. I had to dodge and pass tons of runners, but my first mile was 7:17. I lost track of the mile signs, but I reached mile 4 at 30:28. Not bad, about 7:30 pace on some good uphills. Mile 5 was 6:59 and mile 6 (hills) was 8:36. I kicked it back into gear with a 7:26 mile 7 and a 8:01 mile 8.
About that point, the wheels came off my race. I knew I just couldn't sustain that pace today. We were running on the long railroad trail which was dirt. I loved the dirt and the views of the valley, but after awhile I was ready for something new. Mile 9 was 8:39, Mile 10 was 8:54, Mile 11 was 10:10, and Mile 12 was 9:51.
I next started to have severe gastro problems, very uncomfortable. My pace slowed significantly to 10:31, 12:11, and 11:41. We then made a long hot climb up to Deer Valley, doing a loop. I recovered somewhat and no longer had scores of runners passing me. Next splits were 11:11, 9:40, and a fast 8:13 as I enjoyed cruising the downhill, passing many runners.
I was now in "hang-on" mode as we ran above Park City. 10:23, 10:53, bringing me to mile 20. The gastro problem was crippling me. So, no other choice but to take an 8-minute bathroom break. Pretty funny to take such a long break during a fast marathon race. I believe the dehydration from yesterday just stressed out my digestive system too much. Bummer. I worried that I would need to visit every porto-poddy from there to the finish, but I didn't have to.
Oh well, I now was back in top shape. I looked at my watch and realized that finishing in sub-4 hours was very unlikely. However, I had plenty of spring in my step, so why not end this marthon training run in fine shape?
Mile 21 was 8:52, Mile 22 was 9:38. I then dug deep on the downhill to the finish and really kicked up the speed, passing probably 30-40 runners along the way. I eventually caught up to runners I had seen at mile 20 before my long break. It was becoming very hot. I drank as much as possible and started to splash myself with cool water. My final miles were: 8:06, 8:03, 8:42, and 8:16, with a 1:35 for the home stretch. It was a great feeling to finish off strong.
So I finished my 5th marathon in 4:05, my slowest time. But how many of those other runners also ran a marathon distance yesterday? Ha, ha.
As I was resting at the finish, I saw Smooth finish about 20 minutes after me. She had an impressive race! I wished I could have watched others finish, but there was no shade at the finish and it was getting hotter. I decided to just head home.
It was a wonderful two days, getting in some great altitude and heat training. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 27.00 |
| |
| | Did a good job in catching up on sleep. |
| | I feel fully recovered, but I'm likely to take a few days off running to try to heal a nagging problem. Probably will hit the pool. | |
| | After work, ran in the heat up into the hills with the dog. It was tough. Aches and pains that were concerning, but they feel more like over-training pains. The body just sending signals not to over-do things. I've been getting plenty of sleep the past couple days and seem to be healing some minor problems. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 6.00 |
| |
| | Four easy miles on the road this morning. Woke up at 5:00, feeling rested and had no excuses, so went out and did a few miles. The dog was up with her leash, so I took her along. Crazy little dog did ten miles with me in the past 12 hours. She loves running. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 4.00 |
| |
| |
More resting. Feels like I'm healing up. Its also nice to just take a break. I plan to get up early tomorrow for a long run.
In the mail today, I received my cool awards for the Tahoe Rim 100 last month. It was also the 100-mile national championship for USA Track & Field and Road Runners of America. I did very well and somehow won my age group (50-54). Kind of cool to get awards stating that I'm a national champion. I was 18th overall with a time of 25:43. There were 10 finishers in my age group and probably about 10 others who didn't finish.
However, I don't let this go to my head because I know that race isn't nearly as competitive as Wasatch 100 coming up in two weeks.
| |
| |
Out running at 2:30 a.m. Ran clear out past Eagle Mountain city center into the middle of Cedar Valley and then made a huge loop back through the ranches and across the Church farm. I was pleased with a feeling of strength. It felt like I could run for a very long time. It is funny how when you take just a few days off running, you starting thinking you are losing your fitness. Not so. By the end of the run my foot was hurting. That is normal after not running for a few days. It should feel better tomorrow.
morning. Our department went up and did trail work up at Big Water on a new trail spur to the left. Tomorrow we will see how fast I can run up and down Lone Peak. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 19.00 |
| |
| |
I went up Lone Peak for the first time with my bro-in-law, Ed. He had had been up it several times and did his best to guide me up. We started from Suncrest at 5 a.m. in the dark and stuggled to find the right dirt roads to lead us to Jacobs Ladder. After about 20 minutes, we finally arrived. We could see some headlamps of hikers heading up Corner Canyon, so that helped us merge to the right trail.
Lone Peak summit is at 11,253 feet. We would end up climbing about 6,500 feet. Quite the workout!
Dawn arrives, about 2,000 feet up. Lone Peak to the left of me.
At the bottom of Jacob's Ladder, in the dark, we met the hikers heading up. We said hi and then started pushing very hard up the the very steep trail. Holy Cow, that thing was steep, but I knew it was great training for Wasatch in two weeks. We made very good time and reached the meadow in about 1:10. Here, our troubles started.
Ed running through the meadow
I should have read the trail description. "Many people get lost just past the meadow so pay attention to your route from this vantage point." Oh boy! We were running pretty fast at that point and saw a hiker to the left, so my eye naturally missed the important junction. The trail descriptions warns: "The fork to the north (left) leads to the Outlaw Cabin. DO NOT follow this trail."
The trail to the left was marked well so we continued a climb up to the top of a ridge. But then the trail started heading down. I knew it couldn't be right and Ed just couldn't remember. Finally I was convinced that we should head back to the meadow. We ran into the hiking dude, and he assured us that we were going the right way. We followed his directions, but again once up on the ridge it all seemed wrong. Finally the dude made his way up and he again insisted that we just weren't following his directions. He pointed the way and then it dawned on me he wasn't heading up to Lone Peak summit. I asked, "Are you going to Lone Peak?" He said yes and pointed to a small knob overlook nearby. I shook my head and said, "no that isn't Lone Peak." We quickly left, headed down toward the meadow, found some cairns heading up, tried to follow them but the trail disappeared. We bushwhacked and climbed clear up to a massive ridge to get our bearings and did plenty of bushwhacking. Finally, I insisted that this was all wrong and convinced Ed that there must be a major junction in the meadow that we missed while we were running fast. The hiker dude had misled us. After about an hour delay, we returned to the meadow and sure enough found a junction.
Finally we were on the right trail. I expressed concern that with the hour delay, I did not have enough water. I had planned on a five-hour adventure, but this would be much longer. We decided to continue. The rest of the hike to the summit was a challenge and frustrating. We just couldn't push the pace fast because there was too much route-finding. If we went too fast, we kept going off trail. Ed's memory of the route was not detailed enough to help much. So we pushed ahead at a good clip, but not blazing fast. We caught up with the hikers we had greeted below and thankfully they gave me about 16 oz. of water. I drank most of it immediately and started to feel better. But I was still dehydrated.
Me and Ed on Lone Peak Summit
The altitude was really bothering me for some reason. I kept getting very dizzy. I'm guessing that dehydration was a factor, but I was bothered that I was having so much trouble at 11,000 feet and above. Finally we reached the summit and had a nice break talking to a little family at the top. If I throw out all the time we lost going off course, I believe we made it to the top in 3:30.
Looking toward Utah Lake and my home
Down we went and I was now in good spirits again. But that didn't last long because everytime I pushed the pace faster, we would lose the trail. It was frustrating. But we descended pretty fast. After the meadow I really kicked it into gear for awhile and we lost elevation super quickly. But then I had to slow down. I only had a few drops of water left and I knew I was badly dehydrated (I think I was down about 6-7 pounds from the start). Each time we ran into hikers we asked for water. Finally, near the bottom of Jacob's Ladder a young hiker gave me about 12 oz. That would be enough to finish. We ran again, pretty fast and made our way through a maze of jeep trails back to Suncrest.
Our adventure took about 7 hours. But when we were on the right trail, it was about 3.5 hours up and less then 2 hours down.
I'm not sure if I will do it again any time soon. It is just too tough to go fast unless you really know the trail. I think it would take me 2-3 times more to learn the trail well enough to go fast. I think a 4.5 hour round trip is possible for me. If I do it again, I would need to haul up much more water and cache some half-way up.
|
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 17.00 |
| |
| |
Out the door at 2:30 a.m. The dog was standing there with sad eyes, with her leash in her mouth. "No, not this morning, I'm going too far for you." I again ran out to Eagle Mountain city center and made a big loop that included the Ranches. About 2/3rd was dirt, the rest pavement. I ran into another runner in Cedar Valley with dogs about 4:45. That is unusual. I never see anyone up that early out that far.
322 miles this month! That is my second-highest month every. Two 300+ mile months in a row. I'm still 41 miles behind last year at this point. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 18.00 |
| |
| |
The alarm clock rang, but the bed won today. What a slacker.
Plans are pretty much all set for Wasatch 100 in 9 days. I have four pacers lined up for the last 60 miles. It will be nice to have some company. I've had mixed results using pacers and don't usually use them often, but this group has some good experience. Pacers can actually distract my concentration. I also tend to worry about them. But this group is pretty self-sufficient and won't be offended if I don't talk much. I enjoy trying to "drop" my pacers. "Dropping" means when you run too fast for your pacer and leave him behind. To me, that is great fun if the pacers don't care. At Leadville 2007 I dropped my pacers twice and was running alone for almost a couple hours. They both eventually caught up, but it is very embarassing to the pacer. I doubt I'll be able to do this at Wastach. With four pacers, they will be on fresh legs. Downhills are my best bet. Jun will need to watch out on the downhill into Lambs. David will be in danger on the downhill into Millcreek. Brad needs to watch the downhill into Brighton and Mark has to watch out for my kick during the last seven miles going into Midway. Heh, heh, I'll have to make sure I eat well going up the hills before those section. I've also learned how to shut up a pacer who is nagging on you too much. You get a nice rest and the kick it into gear big-time on an uphill. The poor pacer is gasping for breath so much that they can no longer say anything. They also learn that prodding me too much means pain for them. Ha, ha. It is a great sport to abuse pacers. | |
| |
Out the door at 2:20 a.m. This morning I again ran a huge loop around Eagle Mountain City. This time I did it counter-clockwise, first running across the Church farm. The full moon was out so I didn't need the flash light much. It was a great morning working.
|
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 20.00 |
| |
| |
My work location moved this week from downtown Salt Lake City to Riverton, in what used to be the Intel building off of Bangerter Hwy. I no longer ride the bus and my commute is now only 25 minutes one-way. But the best news, it that it is within running distance. This morning I ran into work, about 14.5 miles. I ran up Redwood Road which is under construction, but now very wide with lanes closed down. So there is plenty of room to run without traffic bothering me. Once up to Camp Williams, I leave the road and jump on the Provo Reservoir Canal that swings around to the west of Buffdale. Once I get to 134th South, I just run down the road to my building.
The morning run was wonderful. I started at 4:30 a.m. The full moon was out and I really didn't need to use the flashlight. Running on the canal road it great because there is plenty to see as it goes around ranches, developments, fields, etc. The canal was full and flowing like a river. Horses, cows, and dogs noticed me going by, but no humans. I arrived at work a little before 7:00 a.m. I plan to run home in the afternoon. That will put me over 2,000 miles for 2009.
P.M.
Ran back home from work in 90+ degrees. Especially warm on the new black pavement laid down a few days ago on Redwood Road. It was good heat training. It worked me pretty well. I was going to go up Timp early in the morning, but I might instead just start tapering for Wasatch. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 30.00 |
| |
| | I ran up Timp early this morning, my 62nd career summit and 6th of the year. I was on the trail about 2:45 a.m. with about 200 college kids. I was planning on taking it easy, doing about a 4:20 round trip, but somehow a 3:42 came out the other end. The weather was great, the moon partially obscurred by clouds but still casting an glow on the mountain. Many of the kids were hiking by moonlight.
With all the lights on the mountain, it was a great challenge to run hard and try to catch the lights. It was funny how some of the young guys reacted as I caught up. I think they just couldn't handle having someone pass them. Some would kick it up a notch as I approached and made no movement to stop and let me pass. Too macho. Finally I would be right on their tail and ask to pass. They would look back surprised, but then move over. Some would try to keep up, but within one minute they were far behind. I should have told them: "I'm an old Please follow Fast Running Blog policy regarding vulgar language 51-year-old, aren't you in shape?" But I kept my mouth shut and enjoyed being on the mountain with all the kids. Most gave me great complements about my pace.
Once I reached the saddle (1:50), it looked like there were 30-40 kids trying to stay warm waiting for the sunrise. I didn't slow down a bit and ran fast, dodging the bodies all over the ridge. I heard comments that they had tracked my green light for miles and that I had an amazing pace.
It looked like no one was hiking up to the summit. I ran at a steady pace, looked back and saw some kids had decided to follow me. I was very pleased at how strong I felt above 11,000 feet. I didn't feel any dizziness like last week on Lone Peak. My pace was steady and strong and the legs felt great.
I reached the top in 2:10, a good clip. There were several guys sleeping in the summit hut. I ignored them and went ahead and signed the register and then started to head down. The wind was blowing pretty hard, but it felt like the temperature was in the upper 30s. I did put gloves on, but didn't need a jacket. I quickly returned to the saddle to some cheers. I didn't stop to talk, ran fast through the bodies and continued on my way.
I kept a steady pace going for the rest of the run, making sure that I didn't trip and fall. I passed another 100 kids on the way down. Some had tracked my light clear up to the summit and back. I was glad that I finished before sunrise, because it is easier to pass groups if they see my green light coming toward them. Still, I almost plowed right into a young guy who wasn't paying attention.
Labor Day is the biggest day on Timp. I would guess more than 500 will be on the trail. As I drove out the the parking lot I could still see dozens of hikers walking up the road because the parking lot was totally full. Their long day, 10 hours plus was just beginning. My Timp run was finished, time to go home for breakfast. I returned home by 7:30 as the family was just getting up.
OK, I am now officially in my Wasatch 100 taper. No more big runs before Friday, only little tune-up runs to keep the taper phantom pains away. I'm very pleased with the readiness. I feel strong and fast. Minor injuries have healed and my problem ankle is behaving. I'm about as ready as I can be.
I noticed that my 2009 miles are now only 5 miles behind 2008. |
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 15.00 |
| |
| | Lots of good sleep. No running plans today. | |
| |
I'm all packed and ready for Wasatch 100. My four pacers are amusing themselves today making fun of me in a private email thread. They laugh now, lets see how they feel on the trail!
Taper pains started last night. Silly aches in muscles that make you worry that they will develop into serious pains during the rain. They rarely do. I should have done a few little short runs to keep these away.
The race begins at 5:00 a.m. tomorrow morning (Friday). You can follow my progress at: http://www.wasatch100.com/updates.htm
To see if I'm doing well or poorly, you can compare my actual pace to my goal pace below:
|
miles |
Goal |
Clock |
Start |
0 |
0:00 |
5:00 AM |
Francis Peak Aid |
17.7 |
4:05 |
9:05 AM |
Bountiful B |
24 |
5:35 |
10:35 AM |
Session Lift-off |
28.2 |
6:30 |
11:30 AM |
Swallow Rocks |
34.9 |
8:20 |
1:20 PM |
Big Mt |
39.4 |
9:20 |
2:20 PM |
Alexander Rg |
47.4 |
11:30 |
4:30 PM |
Lambs Cyn |
53.1 |
12:45 |
5:45 PM |
Big Water |
61.7 |
15:30 |
8:30 PM |
Desolation |
66.9 |
17:10 |
10:10 PM |
Scotts Peak |
70.8 |
18:30 |
11:30 PM |
Brighton |
75.6 |
19:45 |
12:45 AM |
Ant Knolls |
80.3 |
21:45 |
2:45 AM |
Pole Line |
83.4 |
22:55 |
3:55 AM |
Rock Springs |
87.4 |
24:25:00 |
5:25 AM |
Pot Bottom |
93.1 |
26:25:00 |
7:25 AM |
Finish |
100 |
28:30:00 |
9:30 AM |
| |
| Race: |
Wasatch Front 100 Mile Endurance Run (100 Miles) 28:33:02, Place overall: 42, Place in age division: 3 | |
I will write my full race report in a couple days, but here is the "short" version. 244 runners started and 156 made it to the finish before 36 hours.
This was my focus 100-mile race of the season. I really wanted do well at this home-town race. In 2006 I struggled to a 34:15 finish and that has bugged me for three years. This is a very tough 100 and any finish is great, any finish under 30 hours is super. I set what I thought was a realistic goal of 28:30.
Pre-race: Matt Watts mocks my 28:30 goal. I start to doubt. I spent the night at pacer David Hansen's uncles's home just a few block from the start. Mark Swanson joined us. I only slept for about 3 hours.
Mile 0-10: Reached the top of Chinscrapper in only 2:19. I was running with Dave Hunt and other runners who went on to finish in under 24 hours. I was feeling great and hydrating well for a warm morning.
Mile 10-20: The dirt roads slowed me down, but then I picked it up on the rough trails. At mile 20, heard running buddy Phil Lowry below me. I knew he would eventually catch up, so I decided to pull a prank on him. I found a concealling tree near the trail, hid behind it for about a minute, and then jumped out and scared the wits out of him as he passed. Tom Remkes was with him. We had a great laugh. Got to love 100-mile races when you have plenty of time to have some fun.
Mile 20-34: After running with Phil for 14 miles, I just couldn't keep up with him any longer. The heat was slowing me down and Phil was running the downhills faster than me. Previous to this, Phil and I had a great time pushing each other. Sometimes I would run fast ahead and mock him for being behind. He went on to finish in just under 26 hours.
Mile 34-35: The heat was becoming bad. I went into defensive survival mode instead of offensive race mode. Many runners would start passing me. I just concentrated on staving of dehydration.
Mile 35-39: Met up with my first pacer, Craig (jun) at Big Mountain. He was great to have along. I was feeling better and we had fun catching and passing a few other runners.
Mile 39-53: The heat became terrible. I ran out of water going into Alexander Ridge. The next leg was among my worst. I couldn't push it in the heat. I had plenty of liquid with me but blundered and didn't drink enough. By the time I came into Lambs, I was dehydrated and down about 5 pounds.
Mile 53-62: I ran the Lambs-Millcreek leg with David Hansen. He did a super job in helping get me recovered. The climb was tough, still dehydrated, but once over the top we flew and passed several runners. I could also run hard up the Millcreek road. My legs weren't tired, but my energy level was being stressed
Mile 62-67: Now running with Brad, I again felt a bonk coming on like I had at this exact point in 2006. I took approriate measures and didn't crumble like 3 years ago, but I slowed down. I knew I had a good race going, so I just held on and tried to get my body systems balanced. I had a long stop at Desolation Lake to tape my thighs that were getting chafed.
Mile 67-76: At about mile 68, I finally recovered and was feeling great again. I pushed up the pace and could tell that I was working Brad as hewas doing his best to keep up. We started to pick off runner lights one by one as caught up and passed runners who had passed me going up to Desolation Lake. When we hit the paved road (about mile 73) that took us to Brighton, we noticed runners ahead who kept looking back at us with their headlamps shining, a sure sign of runners worried about being passed. I grinned and told Brad that we were going to turn out our lights. We then ran very hard in the dark. We could see the glow of the center line on the road so never worried about falling off the road. It was great fun to come up on runners unaware that we were coming. We could also look far up the mountain and see many lights on the road near Scotts Peak. I would blink my green light up to them and it was funny to see lots of them blink back. Obviously I was feeling fantastic since I was fooling around. Once at Brighton, three of my pacers were there to crew me in the parking lot. I was determined to NOT spend any time in the warm Brighton building.
Mile 76-83: Mark took over pacing duties. The climb up to Catherine's Pass wasn't anything to write home about. No runners passed me, but my pace was pathetic. By the time I got to Ant Knolls my energy level was very low and I was pretty incoherent. I sat in a chair for several minutes, trying to recover. At Pole Line pass, after eating two sausages, I started to feel better.
Mile 83-87: The next leg to Rock Spring went very well. I felt great again and could run fast again. I was racing again. I noticed that the runners around me were not running the uphills any more, but my legs were ready and willing to run anything. We passed a bunch of runners along this stretch and one guy thanked me for helping him really push the pace.
Mile 87-93: I dreaded the next leg to Pot Bottom, but it went very well. I really enjoyed it. My spirits were high when I hit the "Dive" before dawn. I had never been at this location in the dark so early, including the years I paced strong runners in 2004 and 2005. Dawn arrived when we reached "The Plunge" and we came into Pot Bottom at 7:42 a.m. Olaf gave me a happy greeting. Wow, at this time in 2006 I was about 16 miles back.
To the finish: Mark pointed out that my last split time was just as planned in my goal pace. I was now only 17 minutes behind my goal pace to finish in 28:30. We discussed that 28:30 was still possible, but on the climb out of Pot Bottom I lost my motivation. My thoughts started to turn to Bear 100 in only 13 days. I decided to save something in the tank for that race. I told Mark that the goal was now to break 29 hours. I thought I was well ahead of any runners behind me so I started to take it easy. With about four miles to go, Shane Martin flew by me. Wow, he was going very fast. With two miles to go, Eric Johnson passed me and Deanna McLaughlin also caught up. That woke me up. I was being lazy. I hung with Eric for about a mile and Mark struggled to keep up. We flew through the single-track by the golf course. I finally lost sight of Eric, so slowed back down. Once we hit the paved road, I could see that Eric was out of reach but we still ran hard to stay ahead of Deanna.
I crossed the finish line in 28:33 in 42nd place. Only one runner older than me beat me in a very competitve race. My recovery went well and 24 hours later I feel very little pain. Bear 100 is in less than two weeks.
Below are my split times. You can see that at one point I was about 30 minutes ahead of schedule, then fell about 40 minutes behind schedule. The strong finish brought it all back.
|
miles |
Goal |
2009 |
Start |
0 |
0:00 |
|
Fernwood Picnic |
3.6 |
0:35 |
0:35 |
Chinscrapper Summit |
9.6 |
2:20 |
2:19 |
Francis Peak Aid |
17.7 |
4:05 |
4:01 |
Bountiful B |
24 |
5:35 |
5:18 |
Session Lift-off |
28.2 |
6:30 |
6:10 |
Swallow Rocks |
34.9 |
8:20 |
7:56 |
Big Mt |
39.4 |
9:20 |
9:09 |
Alexander Rg |
47.4 |
11:30 |
11:16 |
Lambs Cyn |
53.1 |
12:45 |
12:55 |
Big Water |
61.7 |
15:30 |
15:23 |
Desolation |
66.9 |
17:10 |
17:38 |
Scotts Peak |
70.8 |
18:30 |
19:01 |
Brighton |
75.6 |
19:45 |
20:10 |
Ant Knolls |
80.3 |
21:45 |
22:09 |
Pole Line |
83.4 |
22:55 |
23:23 |
Rock Springs |
87.4 |
24:25:00 |
24:45:00 |
Pot Bottom |
93.1 |
26:25:00 |
26:42:00 |
Finish |
100 |
28:30:00 |
28:33:02 |
|
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 100.00 |
| |
| |
After four days without running, I'm back in the saddle again. Since I was going less then ten, I took the dog with me. We were out the door around 4:30 a.m. We ran up into the Lake Mountain foothills clear over to the access road making a loop and came back. It was a nice cool morning. The temperatures are coming down. Fall is on the way. I'm pleased to already feel fully recovered from my 100-mile run in only 5 days. This is probably my fastest recovery. Nice news since I have Bear 100 in a week. I can't feel any ill effects anywhere and the legs feel good and strong. I'll kick up the training a little for a few days.
I'm registering for the Boston Marathon today. My brother registered so we'll make it a brother-bonding thing. It had been one of his goals to go there. Looks like it is three weeks after Moab 100, so that should be fine.
I did publish my full Wasatch 100 race report with pictures and pacer/runner commentary at www.crockettclan.org/blog |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| |
Ran into work again this morning. This time I took the "scenic" route, adding about five miles to the commute. Love those bonus miles. This time I avoided running up boring Redwood Road and instead ran along the Jordan River Parkway all the way from my house up to the Jordan Narrows. Then I ran up to the canal road and took that all the way to my workplace. The run took me 3:20. I ran some of it without a light to practice my "sneek up on runners in the dark" technique. (See my Wasatch 100 report). Also slowed when I almost ran right over a skunk! The freaked me out and made me be more careful.
Lehi main |
4.9 |
0:46 |
9600 N |
7.1 |
1:09 |
River crossing |
10.5 |
1:44 |
Redwood Road |
12.5 |
2:07 |
3200W |
15.2 |
2:42 |
work |
19 |
3:20 |
|
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 19.00 |
| |
| |
Just doing maintenance runs for the next week before Bear 100. Ran in the foothills with the dog. I'm now only 13 miles behind mile 2008 mileage at this point in the year. Funny how close it is. Weight 172, near my ultrarunning low. Keep it down for the Bear 100.
Looking forward to the Bear 100. What a way to bring in the fall season. The colors in Logan Canyon an on the the ridges wll be amazing as usual. I love the cool temperatures. The race will have twice and many runners this year so the runner won't be as spread out. Usually I can run for hours without seeing another runner. I expect to have a good race. If sucesseful, this will be my 5th straight Bear 100 finish. You get a special jacket for finishing 5 in a row and became a "Bear Streaker." It will be my 6th year there. In 2004 I didn't finish, ran out of gas at mile 87. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| | At Redondo Beach, Califonia. Did an afternoon run along the beach with Steven King, and talented sub-3 marathoner. We ran north to El Sugundo along the bike path and then ran fast back along the beach. Great fun. Feeling good.
|
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 11.00 |
| |
| | Ran from Redondo Beach to Manhattan Beach, and then ran up the hill to Hermosa Beach finding a dirt/bark trail going through the town. Tapering....just keeping loose. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| |
The Bear 100 starts in the morning. I flew back from California, missed the pre-race meeting but am now focusing on getting ready. My pace chart is below. This would be a three-hour improvement on last year.
|
miles |
clock goal |
2009 goal |
Start |
0 |
6:00 AM |
0:00 |
Logan Peak |
10.5 |
8:35 AM |
2:35 |
Leatham Hollow |
19.7 |
10:10 AM |
4:10 |
Richards Hollow |
22.5 |
10:50 AM |
4:50 |
Cowley Canyon |
30 |
12:45 PM |
6:45 |
Right Hand Fork |
36.9 |
2:15 PM |
8:15 |
Temple Fork |
45.2 |
4:15 PM |
10:15 |
Tony Grove |
51.8 |
6:30 PM |
12:30 |
Franklin TH |
61.5 |
9:30 PM |
15:30 |
Logan River |
69.5 |
12:00 AM |
18:00 |
Beaver Lodge |
75.8 |
2:15 AM |
20:15 |
Gibson Basin |
81.2 |
4:10 AM |
22:10 |
Beaver CG |
85.3 |
5:20 AM |
23:20 |
Ranger Dip |
92.2 |
7:40 AM |
25:40 |
Finish |
100 |
9:30 AM |
27:30 |
| |
| Race: |
Bear 100 (100 Miles) 28:21:15, Place overall: 24, Place in age division: 5 | |
Detailed Bear 100 report with pictures at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=162
Finished my 5th straight Bear 100 in 28:21, 24th place out of about 135 starters. There were about 94 finishes. I will write up a race report later. One of my pacers has written up a great report here.
I had a strong race but was slowed significantly by badly bruied right quad due to a fall at about mile 12, and a terrible set of blisters on the bottom of my right heel, probably due to wore-out shoes. Having jon along to push me opened my eyes that I really can do much better in the second-half of 100-mile races. Without the problems, if I would have had a perfect race, I believe I could have finished close to 26.5 hours. But I am very happy with my 28.21 finish. It was again a very tough Bear. |
La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 75.00 | Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 25.00 |
| |
| |
I'm still recovering from Bear 100. Boy, do I still feel beat up! Two weeks ago on Monday after Wasatch 100, I felt great, almost no pain, but boy oh boy, what a difference. Last night sleeping was a second night of restless, painful sleep with lots of moaning. Calfs and quads hurt. I can't figure out why the recovery is harder for the Bear. It always is. I was on a faster pace than at Wasatch, that might have been the difference. Oh well, I should be fine by the end of the week.
No more steep mountain training is needed for the rest of the season. My last two 100s for the year are mostly flat.
My attention is now turning to the Pony Express Trail 50 and 100. See: http://www.ponyexpress100.org 18 days away. I put on this no-fee race because I love running out in the west desert, but need some company because it is so remote. Looks like we may have about 20 runners this year.
If anyone wants to give it a try, let me know. A crews (a driver) is needed to drive along with you to provide support (drink, food, rude comments). We have a great time. | |
| |
Well, I feel more like a living human today. Last evening was rough. I felt pretty sick. Another restless night's sleep, but with less moaning and groaning. So it took three days to bounce back this time.
Now that the soreness is disappearing, what remains is the soreness from the bad fall I took at mile 12. I've discovered a painful bump on my head, a bruise on my shoulder, a sprained index finger, torn finger nail, and a deeply bruised upper quad. Thank goodness the handheld water bottles took most of the impact. I remember seeing both bottles squirting out fluid. I fell as I was really trying to pound a steep technical downhill, passing two runners. After I passed the second, down I went. It took me another ten minutes to recover and pass him again, but from that point forward, running down hills was painful and I had to slow down or just block out the pain like I did during a fun stretch with Jon. | |
| |
The windy dusty storm yesterday killed me. Didn't sleep well and felt rotten by morning so worked from home and rested. The cool rain cleaned out the air and I feel much better this afternoon. Thoughts of running again are starting to enter into my mind. I'm guessing that Friday might be the day to get back in the saddle.
I finished my Bear 100 race report. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=162 Big thanks to Jon again for his amazing pacing job. He found ways to push me fast. |
| | Wow, five straight days without miles and I don't even feel guilty. The legs are just about ready, but the foot will take a couple more days. I decided last night to cut off most the dead heel skin....ooooo gross! About 3x3 inches. It was sad to see that tough heel skin go and in its place tender wimpy skin. So the foot is tender but healing fast. I'm enjoying the vacation from running. Need to go buy some new shoes. I've concluded the La Sportive Wildcats that I love only last about 300 miles, given what I put them through. | |
| |
No miles again today. Maybe if I keep this string of zero days going, I will finally retire from running. My legs feeling better. The heel is still is sore, but taped seems about ready to run.
Mentally, I expect I'm ready because I had another running dream last night. I get a real kick out of my running dreams. They make me laugh all day. OK, this time, I was in some sort of 24-hour race around an oval track. I was targeting for 100 miles in less than that time. Of course running in your dreams is frustrating because it is always like running in thick jello...just can't get the speed going. However, I was keeping up with the group of runners. I was concerned about how my lap count is being recorded because I don't have a chip on. I ask someone at the start line and they tell me I've done 25 laps, so I don't worry. But then I got off course. How in the world can I get off course on an oval track!!!....pretty stupid, but I did. Well my delay wasn't too bad, I got back on track.
Well, I kept running, but somehow the track shrunk and of course, as always, my running dream headed indoors. I now found myself running aournd a huge kitchen with the island in the middle. I could grab onto the edge of the island to push myself forward faster since the feet are always so slow. Soon people in chairs and tables are crowding my loop and I have to push them aside and clear out a path. I then discover that I'm the only one running this loop now. Everyone else has quit. Some man starts telling me what I am doing is crazy and rude, that I should stop. I keep going for awhile, but then decide that this is crazy to be running around a kitchen, so I stop.
OK, so after work, I think I will ease back into running again by running around my kitchen island. I can see it now, the dog gets riled up and starts chacing me, barking behind. My wife comes into the room, "....what on earth?" Ha, ha, just trying to fufill my dreams! | |
| | My string of zero mile days only lasted six day. Between conference sessions I ran six easy miles with the dog. My legs started to take me up into the hills, but I reminded them that we need to be focused on the flats for my next two 100s. Pony Express Trail 100 in two weeks and Javalina Jundred in four weeks. The goal for both is to break 24 hours. I need to get the legs used to striding out and getting speed on the flats. The quad and heel were a little pained, but no bad. Next week I'll get some good miles in to loosen up and lose some weight. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 6.00 |
|
| | Out the door at 4:15 a.m. Ran out to the ranches and through the Church farm. It turned out to be much colder than expected, close to 30 degrees. My finger tips froze in my cloth gloves. Wow, winter is coming. The legs felt OK, but I never really warmed up. Hopefully I'll find some speed this week. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 10.00 |
|
| |
Ran into work this morning. First 10 miles were good but I pooped out for the last five. It was nippy, saw frost on the bushes, but I wore and extra layer and warmer gloves, so felt fine. This is a good run to get ready for Pony Express 100 in 10 days. Trying to get the legs used to striding out and running faster as opposed to the short stride mountain climbs I have been doing for the past couple months. Hopefully it will come together in a few days. I'm still feeling slow.
Highlight of the run was as the dawn was arriving, I was at a small reservoir in Riverton. There were hundreds of geese on this long narrow pond. As I approached they started honking. They were all next to the shoreline near me, but then in a hugle long line, they all moved together and swam toward the other side of the pond.
I might run home from work too....we shall see how I feel.
pm ran home too. felt much better. after 10 miles I finally warmed up and the legs no longer felt heavy. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 30.00 |
| |
| | Right ankle pain today. What is up with that? That is my good ankle! I don't remember twisting it recently, but I learned from my serious ankle problem in the left foot that the tendon can flare up weeks after an injury. Perhaps I twisted it during the Bear sometimes or all the crazy running I was doing to protect the blister and the quad did something to it. Who knows. I'm hoping it goes away fast. It is on the same tendon as the other ankle that has been a problem for six months. Well, glad my tough trail races are behind me. I'm sure it doesn't help that I'm still running on worn-out shoes as you can see from me shoe tracker. I have a new pair of wildcats on the way. | |
| |
Ran into work again this morning, 15 miles. Did it about 15 minutes faster than Tuesday, and felt much easier. Geese and ducks still on that pond. They don't like my green light. I ran half of the run by moonlight.
Mystery solved!!!! Why did I have such a problem with my right foot during Bear 100, the terrible heel blister? I bought new La Sportiva Wildcats and compared the new shoes to my old shoes. I was flabergasted to see how bad the old shoes were....I would call it a complete failure in the shoe, the right shoe in particular. The heel is compressed more than a half an inch, sloping to the inside and the sole itself on the bottom have huge cracks in them. The result is that it cause my heel to keep slipping toward the outside of the shoe. I did very little training in the shoe, saved them for the three 100s I ran during the summer. I believe the shoe failed about half-way into Wasatch 100. So that is disappointing. The shoe feels great and performs great, but the durability is probably only about 200 miles on rough terrain. Rumor has it that even Karl Melzer, who is sponsored by La Sportiva, throws away his shoes after just one race. My Montrail Wildwoods that have just as much miles on them don't have any of these problems. The heel cushion system La Sportiva uses must just be poor.
My ankle pain from yesterday is gone. I won't worry about it. My remaining thing to whine about is some PF in my right heel. I've had that flare up all summer. So, I have something in common with Eli Manning, the QB of the NY Giants. Gee he missed practice because of it yesterday, but I sucked it up and ran 15 this morning. Who is tougher? I just try to ignore it and eventually it calms down.
pm. ran home from work. Felt strong. Ready to start a one week taper before Pony Express 100. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 29.00 |
| |
| |
I noticed that my 2009 miles are now 33 miles ahead of my record 2008 miles. October should be another 300+ month. Below are some silly charts I use:
| |
| |
I went out with the dog. I planned on just an easy run on the flats, but after a couple miles the legs turn up into the foothills and kept going. Eventually I found myself in a canyon I had never been in on Lake Mountain. As I climbed higher into the canyon the maples were amazing, flaming red. I wish I would have had my camera. The road we were on finally ended high up on a slope. It seemed like a strange place for the road to end, but as I looked around, I could tell that it was a hunter's perch. It was a perfect vista to scan many slopes for deer. The hunt will start next week. I could see footprints of hunters already scouting out the location. We turned around to head down and I was amazed at my little dog. She blasted down a steep smooth section with amazing speeed. She would then stop and give a look like, "Come on you slow poke." Wow, I wish I had her downhill speed.
It was really one of the runs where life seems so incredible. It was just so good to be out in the amazing autumn sunshine. We dodged a couple groups of shooters and made out way back down to Saratoga Springs. I really had to hold back the legs. They seem ready and eager to race. Hold back. Wait for Friday. The poor little dog was pretty tired by the time we returned home. She did great.
Also, I had to post the top miles on the blog for the week. 79 miles. Someone probably will best that. Pretty funny how I had 79 miles this week and only 6 miles last week. Well, next week I'll top the blog again with over 100. Come on Jon, try to top it....he, he. OV50 coming up for you. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 10.00 |
| |
| | Four quick miles with the dog to keep the legs happy and to break in new road shoes that I will try on Friday's race. They breath too well, letting in the dust, so I will probably duct tape certain areas. It is worth a try. I'll probably run in them for the first 30 miles or so while my feet are moving fast. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 4.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Pony Express Trail 100 (100 Miles) 22:58:19, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1 | |
I'll do a real race report later in the week, but briefly, we had more that 30 runners on the course this year, a huge increase from past years. It made me very nervous and I worried that something would go wrong while we were out in the remote west desert. I don't think anything serious did, although I think the back-of-the pack still hasn't finished. So we shall see if they came in OK.
We run this free race on this historic Pony Express trail in the west desert. The format this year and last year was an out and back over a 50-mile distance. Runners must use a support crew driving in a car. There is really no cost to me to put on this, other than time.
Phil Lowry and I set a blistering pace from the start and he eventually pulled ahead. I reached the 25-mile mark at 3:53 and was well ahead of last year's pace all day and night. Phil extended his lead to about three miles but then got sick and I caught up. Scott Dakus passed us both and never looked back. I haven't heard officially that he finished, but I beleive he did and shattered the 100-mile course record. I extended my lead on Phil by about 3 miles but then he recovered and went on a tear. I reached the 50-mile mark at 9:23, about a half mile ahead of Phil who won the 50-mile race.
We had an early start this year and nine runners took that option. It ended up working great because the slower runners were able to finish 50-miles close to the faster runners. The crews were not as spread out this year.
During the night, the 100-milers who continued past 50 were spread out all over the course on the return trip. At one point from past Simpson Springs I could look back and see runners lights about 16 miles behind. The stars in the moonless sky were amazing. We could see shooting stars all night.
We saw plenty of wildlife. I came very close to stepping on a coiled rattlesnake. Thankfully I caught myself in time. Then I worred and slowed down for the next hour, worried that other runners would run into the snake.
After the 50-mile mark I continued a strong pace until the return to Riverbed at mile 75. I then got lazy and lost motivation. I had been chasing the first-place runner and believe I came within two miles of him before Riverebed on the return trip, but then he must have but on the afterburners. (Nope, turns out he was resting in his van when I passed him around mile 73.) I thought I coudn't catch him. And the runner behind me was at least 3-4 miles behind and fading fast. So I got lazy and just took it easy for the last 25. I even called into the KSL Outdoor show at mile 98 at their request. It cost me 25 minutes because I got put on twice had to stand still with the phone in order to keep the signal in the valley. Gee if I knew I was in 1st place, I would have really pushed hard and probably come in over an hour earlier.
I finished in 22:58 in 1st place which is still a PR for me for a 100-mile race. I have run faster for a 100-mile distance in a 24-hour race on a track (only 10 minutes faster). |
La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 70.00 | Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 30.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Pony Express Trail 100 - RD report (100 Miles) 22:58:19, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1 | |
This is a first draft of an article I will submit for December's Ultrarunning Magazine. I'll add comments from other runners and crew as I receive them.
Pony Express Trail 100
The Pony Express Trail 100 is one of the most unique 100-mile races in the U.S. It runs on the historic 1860 Pony Express route in the western desert in Utah. This very remote section of the country has been untouched by modern development, except for the wide dirt road we would run on. Herds of antelope are seen on the course. This year runners even got a treat in seeing wild mustangs galloping in the desert. They are believed to be descendants from the original Pony Express herd of horses.
I dreamed up this race four years ago after doing an adventure run on the historic route. To me, it felt amazing to be out in the beautiful desert, far away from civilization. I could look around me in every direction and not see a single man-made structure. Here I was, Davy Crockett, in the Wild West. All I could see was low mountains, sage brush, huge ant hills, and jack rabbits hopping away from me. I went away wishing that I could share that experience with others.
For the 2009 race, thirteen 100-mile and nine 50-mile runners assembled at the starting line at Lookout Pass (6570 feet). This pass received its name because Pony Express riders and stagecoaches were often ambushed here by Indians. They were told to “Look Out!” To avoid any such dangers along our long run, we would each have a crew vehicle providing support along the entire route. This is the most popular feature of the race. Family and friends can witness an entire 100-mile race, and get out at any point to pace their runner. While this is a very fast 100-mile course, it is deceptively tough with a finishing rate of less than 50%. There is only about 5,000 feet of climbing along the way, but during the night, with a nice warm car driving near you, mentally it is tough to continue when those low points arrive.
Nine runners took the two-hour early start at 6:00 a.m. and the rest of the pack started at 8:00 as the sun just started peaking over the mountains. Phil Lowry (running the 50) and I (running the 100) led the pack through a beautiful winding canyon dotted with cedars (junipers). After three miles at a 7-minute mile pace, we spilled out into the wide-open Skull Valley where we could see for miles to mountain ranges to the west. In the 19th century this area was known as “Piute Hell” named after the Indian tribe there and because the desert was blazing hot in the summer and frigid cold in the winter. On this day, we had perfect running temperatures all day with not a cloud in the deep blue western sky.
Near Government Creek, the location of an 1860’s telegraph relay station, we spied two lone antelope watching us. Last year I counted a herd of 50 antelope here. Several runners reported seeing some wild mustangs near the 16-mile point at Simpson Springs where a historic pony express station has been reconstructed. We caught up with many of the early starters and it was quite a scene to look out and see the crew cars along a stretch of dirt road that extended across the desert for miles. For many miles as crew cars leap-frogged me, waiting for their runners, I could estimate how far they were behind. Most runners would send their crews ahead about 3-4 miles to wait for them.
At mile 25 we dipped down into an amazing dry ancient riverbed and passed by the site of a Pony Express station that 19th century visitors believed was haunted. There were no spooks to bother us today, but I knew that I would be returning in the night and needed to be careful. By mile 33.5, at the 5:38 mark, Scott Dakus of Henderson, Nevada, caught up to me and took the lead. I told him he was now in first place. He laughed, slowed down to let me pass, “now am I in second?” “Yes.” He yelled to his passing crew car, “Look, I’m in first, now I’m in second, now in first.” We had a good laugh. I watched him become a small figure far down the straight road heading toward the Dugway Mountains.
By mile 40, I had run up and over Dugway Pass and now felt very isolated. My crew was three miles behind helping Phil Lowry as he struggled with stomach problems. Scott was now about three miles ahead. All the other runners were miles behind, spread across the massive desert valley. As a race director, I started to get very worried feelings. What have I done? I’ve led about 60-70 people (including crews) out into the wild remote western desert, a place most had never seen. The responsibility seemed daunting. Just at that moment I almost stepped on a coiled snake in the middle of the road. It too was surprised and only started to rattle as I passed by. Wow, that was a close one. We were about three hours away from any hospital.
I soon rounded a low mountain range and could look out clear to the horizon across salt flats. Near the 50-mile turnaround, where I arrived at 9:23, a relay team who had arrived a couple hours earlier set up an amazing aid station with a party atmosphere. My spirits were perked as their cow bells rang out across the expansive remote desert. The turn-around point was marked by a “Slow, Children at Play” sign. It seemed quite appropriate.
I now turned around and headed back, greeting all of the runners over the next six miles. The all had wonderful smiles on their faces and thanked me for the incredible experience. The sun went down and I was presented with an explosion of stars. Without any light pollution from cities, the Milky Way was incredible. At times, I would turn off my light and run along the road with my head pointed to the skies. Shooting stars were seen continuously through the night. After climbing back over Dugway Pass, at the 64-mile mark, I could see the first place runner’s crew vehicle light ahead on the long straight 18-mile stretch of road. How far ahead was he? Two miles? Five miles? It was hard to tell. All I could do was push the pace faster and faster.
At around mile 73, at about 11:00 p.m., I passed Scott’s crew van. Where was Scott? Little did I know that Scott was now snoozing in the van. I had retaken first place. However, I didn’t realize it because I thought two crews were helping Scott. Behind me I could tell that the next runner was about 4-5 miles behind. Along this stretch, the story is told that during the 1860s a lone woman passenger on a stagecoach awoke to find the horses and coach standing still. Her driver had an arrow in his heart. She drove the team ahead to my next destination, Simpson Springs. I had no such dangers to deal with. Many of the 50-mile runners drove by and cheered me on as they returned to their homes.
For the last 25 miles, I took it somewhat easy, thinking that I had no chance to catch Scott. The nighttime temperature was strange. There were pockets of cold air dipping down into the low 30s, and just a mile later it would jump into the 50s. Layers on, layers off. It was a lonely feeling running in the dark desert at night. But looking behind me I could see crew car lights up to 18 miles away stretched across the dark desert floor.
I had agreed to use a Satellite phone to call into an outdoor radio show at 6:00 a.m. So, at about mile 98, I paused for 25 minutes to make the call. After the call, I attacked the final climb back up to Lookout Pass. I looked at my watch and pushed very hard to finish in a faster time than last year’s course record. I knew there was still a chance that Scott had not finished. I finished in a new course record time, at 22:58. There was no sign of Scott at the finish and I didn’t find out until two days later that I had indeed won the 2009 Pony Express Trail 100. My desert run was finished. It was an experience that I would relive in my dreams for days. Five other runners would cross the 100-mile finish line later in the morning. Join us next year in mid-October when we plan to transform this race into a premier 50 and 100-mile race.
Results
Race date: October 16-17, 2009
near Faust, UT, dirt roads
100-mile – 13 starters
1. Davy Crockett, 51, Saratoga, Springs, UT, 22:58:19 (course record)
2. Matt Watts, 53, Broomfield, CO, 23:31:54
3. Scott Dakus, 45, Henderson, NV, 26:09:00
4. Don Landry, 64, Montreal, Canada, 28:05:00
5. Olaf Questereit, 41, Murray, UT, 28:45:36
6. Gary Stosich, 53, Sandy, UT, 29:18:00
50 mile
1. Phil Lowry, 43, Mapleton, UT, 9:30:30 (course record)
2. Jarom Thurston, 35, Payson, UT, 9:42:00
3. Matt Ricks, 32, Bountiful, UT, 10:42:49
3. Craig Lloyd, 36, Holladay, UT, 10:42:49
5. Rand Nielson, 49, Sandy, UT, 11:54:00
6. Frank Bott, 52, Asheville, NC, 12:39:00
6. Pablo Riboldi, 41, Saratoga Springs, UT, 12:39:00
8. Quintin Barney, 50, Salt Lake City, UT, 13:12:02
8. Marilynn Phipps, 15, Layton, UT, 13:12:02
10. Leslie Peterson, 54, Cottonwood Heights, UT, 13:19:00
11. Gary Horlacher, 41, West Jordan, UT, 13:25:00
12. Steve Gray, 48, Henderson, NV, 13:30:00
13. David Loveland, 48, Jessie, UT, 13:57:00
| |
| | I've recovered fast this time. Ready to start running again. Need to get in some good runs to loosen up again. Javalina Jundred is in only ten days. I want to finish the 100-mile race season with a strong performance. Then, after that, it will be off-season fun. Planning a Grand Canyon R2R2R on Nov 21 with my brother, brother-in-law, and probably others. | |
| | Easy run with the dog on pavement, just to do a recovery run and get the kinks out. After two miles the kinks were out. That is good news. I'll step it up a little before my JJ100 taper. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 5.00 |
|
| |
Ran into the work this morning. A nice steady pace. I didn't push it too hard. Legs feel great, no soreness. My right knee (my problem knee) was aching a little, so I'll need to be careful. Best part is that mentally, I enjoyed the run. Good, no burn out, ready to push forward. Looking forward to again trying for a 100-mile PR next Saturday.
PM - Ran home from work but DNFed with about five miles to go, called my wife and she picked me up. 24 miles was plenty today. The knee started to hurt so no reason to push it. I'm ready to start tapering for JJ100 in a week. Pretty funny, Recover and Taper times come together with just 24 miles in between. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 24.00 |
| |
| |
I'm being terribly lazy, in my taper for JJ100 in Fountain Hills, AZ this Saturday. No running going on at all. Healing up from some minor stuff.
You will be able to follow results online, updated every five minutes at: http://www.javelinajundred.com/webcast/live_results.html
With my sub-23 finish at Pony Express, I'm setting my sights higher, for a sub-22 finish. I'm a little worried about the warm afternoon tempertures near 80 degrees. I'll have to concentrate on keeping cool, using ice.
For a 21:30 finish, I'll need to average 3:15 laps. Each lap is about 15.5 miles. The last lap is partial. Too bad it goes 1.4 miles over 100.
My pace goals for the laps are:
|
miles |
Split |
clock goal |
Goal |
Start |
0 |
0 |
6:00 AM |
0:00 |
Lap 1 |
15.5 |
15.5 |
8:35 AM |
2:35 |
Lap 2 |
30.9 |
15.5 |
11:20 AM |
5:20 |
Lap 3 |
46.4 |
15.5 |
2:25 PM |
8:25 |
Lap 4 |
61.9 |
15.5 |
5:45 PM |
11:45 |
Lap 5 |
77.3 |
15.5 |
9:30 PM |
15:30 |
Lap 6 |
92.8 |
15.5 |
1:30 AM |
19:30 |
Partial Lap 7 |
101.4 |
8.6 |
3:30 AM |
21:30 |
| |
| | Fighting sinus headaches. Was goint to get up and do some miles, but opted for sleep. Need to do a little miles because the phantom taper pains are starting to arrive. This winter stuff outside is strange. Looks like the high for my race on Saturday is now forecast for 82 degrees. Bummer. Too bad the race isn't on Friday because the temp would be much cooler. With 82 degrees, that will probably slow me down a good hour or more. Not much I can do at this point. |
| |
I held my first Pony Express Trail 100 race committee meeting last night via conference call. We have a lot of enthusiasm and should be able to organize a great race for next year. The conference call worked out great. We got business done in 45 minutes.
For the first time in months, I hit the treadmill to just inform my legs that they need to wake up and get ready to run 100 miles starting in 48 hours. The muscles all feel great, didn't feel any kinks.
The only concern is my problem knee. After three miles it started to hurt again. This is the knee that was scoped back in May 2003, before I was a runner. The cartilage is now low and after the operation the doctor told me to not run anymore. Since then I've run 14,000 miles on that knee. I suspect that I bruised some cartilage from the pounding and speed on the Pony Express Trail hard dirt road. No swelling going on, but aching in the location where the doctor carved on my knee. I've been lucky for the past year and not had any problems with the knee, but I always know that I'm one race away from retirement or another knee scope to put me on the sidelines for a long time. I'm hopeful that the soft uneven trail at JJ100 this weekend will be fine. I just manage the pain. For the first two years of my ultrarunning career, I thought I could never be speedy because the knee would always slow me way down. For the last couple years it hasn't been a problem. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 5.00 |
| |
| |
Wearing my coonskin hat right now at work. I'm looking forward to spending all of Jalloween running in the Javelina Jundred in Fountain Hills, AZ. Online progress and results will be at http://www.javelinajundred.com/webcast/live_results.html
Some people run this race in full costumes. I'll have the hat with me. I should run with a rifle too.
I think all systems are go. I've gained several pounds over the last couple week. Oh well, I'll shed some of those fast. | |
| Race: |
Javelina Jundred (101.4 Miles) 23:46:59, Place overall: 35, Place in age division: 5 | |
|
miles |
clock goal |
Goal |
2009 actual |
place |
Start |
0 |
6:00 AM |
0:00 |
|
|
Lap 1 |
15.5 |
8:35 AM |
2:35 |
2:15:58 |
11th |
Lap 2 |
30.9 |
11:20 AM |
5:20 |
5:10:24 |
22nd |
Lap 3 |
46.4 |
2:25 PM |
8:25 |
8:26:13 |
24th |
Lap 4 |
61.9 |
5:45 PM |
11:45 |
12:12:54 |
23rd |
Lap 5 |
77.3 |
9:30 PM |
15:30 |
16:20:53 |
23rd |
Lap 6 |
92.8 |
1:30 AM |
19:30 |
21:35:47 |
39th |
Partial Lap 7 |
101.4 |
3:30 AM |
21:30 |
23:46:59 |
35th |
I'll write a detailed race report later in the week. This race was held at a desert park in Fountain Hills, AZ, northeast of Phoenix. The 15.5-mile laps were run in alternating directions. As you can see I started at a blistering pace, keeping the front-runners in view for the first 5.5 miles. I wanted to bank some fast miles before the weather got hot, high around 82 degrees. During Lap 2, I settled into more of a sustainable 100-mile pace. Lap 3 was hot, hot, hot. I still managed to stay on my goal pace. Things cooled down nicely during Lap 4. I was able to run the loop before it got dark. Things fell apart during Lap 5. During hot-weather races, I tend to go into a major bonk after sunset. The first year I ran Wasatch this happened. For about eight miles of the loop, I was thowing up over and over again. When I finished the loop, because I had been running without taking in enough calories and sodium, I went into a major bonk. My pacer from Gilbert, David, met me and the poor guy had to endure a 5-hour loop. At the aid station around mile 87, I finally had to lie down on a cot with a warm blanket. I stayed at least 20 minutes and watch runner after runner pass me. I felt very helpless. I wasn't generating body heat and was stilll bonking with a terrible pit in the stomach. Finally, still on the cot, I drank a double packet hot chocolate. That warmed me up and put calories in my system. Within a couple miles I finally started to run again. I shifted my goal to do everything I could to break 24 hours. It would be very close. During the Partial Loop 7 I was able to pass several runners, running the hills with strength and the downhills with speed. Despite my huge challenges, I earned the sub-24 belt buckle. That was the roughest six hours I had spent running in a very long time. But somehow I fought through it. Most runners would have DNFed. 250 runners started, and 125 finished. Despite the easy course, this race is tough. I like the alternating laps, because I could greet friends and see how far they were behind. Some were as much as 20 miles behind me.
Dave James won the race, crushing Karl Melter's course record. He finished in 14:20. Amazing. He double-lapped me during his partial lap 7. I was on lap 5. He was 32 miles ahead of me. I was able to keep up with him at that point because he backed off to save something for the JFK 50.
|
La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 102.00 |
| |
| |
12 hours of sleep did wonders. I did fall asleep listening to the World Series on the radio and ended up dreaming about baseball all night. With 24 hours passed since my JJ100 finish, I can check for any damage. Muscles came out OK. I can go downstairs without grabbing the rail. Just a little quad soreness. I noticed a bruised left heel. No blisters. Some soreness in the knees and hips, but that is normal. Looks like I will recover very fast.
Well, the racing season is over for me. It has been a good year. I set PRs at these distances: 5K, 10K, marathon, and 100-mile. I broke course PRs at these 100s: Tahoe Rim, Wasatch, Bear, and Pony Express. Seven 100-mile finishes for 29 career finishes. | |
| |
I had very restless sleep last night with strange running dreams out on the Javelina course. I published my race report and I guess included too many of my grouchy feelings that I kept to myself during the race. Some runner I've never personally met from Idaho sent me a blasting email this morning. He wasn't at the race but blasted me, telling me I should have got 1st place for rudeness that I discourage other runners, and am rude to pacers, volunteers, and other runners. Wow, that was strange. Despite all my grouchy internal feelings during those tough hours, I never said a rude thing to anyone, (unless you count the "shhh...I'm resting" when a runner wouldn't be quiet as I was trying to take a quick nap.) Well, a good lesson. You never know what people think when they read your stuff. I don't like to sugar-coat my race reports. I tell it as it happened and try to learn from it.
I do constantly worry about being grouchy to my pacers. I think I appologized ten times Saturday night for not being happy to be around. But my pacers are always my friends, many times my closest friends in the world. They know what to expect. Good times and bad. I try very hard to treat them well during the bad times. But still, I will try to "drop then like a bad penny" if they turn their back to get a head start. He, he.
The runner told me to get out of the sport if I didn't enjoy it. Well, if it was easy and didn't have these tough times, I wouldn't enjoy it. That is what life is about. You learn from the tough times, make mistakes, evaluate behavior, and then try to do better next time. So, I won't let it bug me, and move on.
But....if you are working an aid station and run out of gels when I need one, watch out, I might not smile. | |
| |
Feeling a ton better this morning. I keep forgetting that it has only been three days since I finished the 100-miler. Calves still a little sore. Both little toes came out with crushed toe nails. Didn't notice that during the race. Oh well, toe nails are over-rated.
Came across the picture below again. This cracks me up everytime I see it. This is a picture of me and my older brother, Bob (also an ultrarunner), and sister. Taken in 1960. I'd like to see my brother run in those boots.
| |
| Race: |
First Dam 10k (6.2 Miles) 00:44:11, Place overall: 18, Place in age division: 1 | |
I travelled up to Logan, UT, to again run in the First Dam 10k to help celebrate Jim Kern's first running anniversary. A year ago, by chance I met my childhood buddy at this race and he embarked in getting fit and starting to run. He's had a good year and made amazing progress. His health is now much better. It was great to spend the morning with him.
I love coming up to Cache Valley. It is really an amazing place and the people are so friendly. The race is put on very well and I was impressed to see how many people stayed around for the awards. Ribbons six deep in the age groups helped that. They help encourage kids to be race and it was nice to see so many happy youth involved in running. Well done!
As for my race, I had not run a step in six days since finishing my 100-mile race. So this was an interesting experience to do a 10K as a recovery run. It had been a few months since I have even run a sub-7-minute mile.
This course is somewhat challenging because the first three miles are uphill. My lungs really get a workout. I was breathing hard the entire race. I really need to do more tempo runs as part of my workouts.
One thing I really enjoy about this race is that it runs down Crockett Ave. I am able to run by my ancestral home, my great-great grandfather's house.
My mile splits were: 6:38, 7:27, 7:24, 7:01, 7:05, 7:10, and 1:28 bringing it in for a 44:11 18th overall out of 112 starters. This was my third fastest career 10k. I beat my last year's time on this course by 18 seconds and won the old-man's division, 50-59 (11 guys).
It was a fun morning, ideal temperatures, and nice to be running again. I noticed that for my last five races including this 10k and four 100-milers that I finished in the top 17% or better overall. Good consistancy.
Davy Crockett, Jim Kern, Spencer Francis, Laura Francis |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| | No motivation to go out and train. No upcomming races. So why not be a slacker? Actually my thoughts are turning more toward doing adventure runs. In addition to my Grand Canyon run in a couple weeks, I would love to get back out to Capitol Reef National Park and run some more in that unknown treasure. It is a good winter run. | |
| |
I set out my warm running clothes, but that is as far as I got. I never even set the alarm to get up. For some reason in the evening I just feel run down and lose my motivation to make running plans for the early morning. So, I continue to rest and get nine hours of sleep per night, very unusual for me. I only feel a little guilty about being a slacker. I've already regained the five pounds I lost during the JJ100 run when I was running on empty for six hours or more. | |
| | I was out the door at 4 a.m. intending to hit the trails, but the wind was fierce as the front is coming in so I wimped out and went to the rec center and ran on the tread mill. After ten miles, I couldn't take it anymore so headed out in the wind for the last couple miles. It fees good to be working out again. |
Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 12.00 |
| |
| |
The trails were wet, snow down to about 5,500 feet, so I went and punished myself on the treadmill. I attempted one of my 10x10x10s, 10 miles, 10:00 pace, with 10% incline. With Grand Canyon R2R2R coming up in a week, I'm concerned that I haven't done any serious hills since Bear 100. The workout went OK, plenty of step-offs along the way and I hold onto the handle in the front, but I got it done. For long periods, I like to run with the eyes closed, holding on lightly with one hand and then the nother. I belive this eyes closed running helps with improving balance, which is important when running in the dark. I also did a bunch of spurts up to 30% incline. Those are really punishing. I was surprised that the quads held up just fine and felt good. I guess the couple 100-milers I ran in the past month, even though pretty flat, still helped with the quad conditioning.
Healing going well from the grueling running season. My problem knee still has minor pain now and then. My right index finger is still spained from my faceplant at the Bear 100. The balls of the feet and toes still have numbness (that is typical). The left ankle still has minor soreness when I rotate it. This is left over from the serious sprain back in April. So all minor stuff. Another pretty lucky year considering my age and the punishment of running 7 100s, 3 50s, 2 50Ks, and 3 road marathons. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 10.00 |
| |
| Race: |
Lake Mountain 50K (31 Miles) 05:41:00, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1 | |
Not really a race, but it was a 50k run where I was racing against my PR and course record. This is an amazing run all the way around Lake Mountain, the mountain west of Utah Lake. The loop is almost exactly 50k (31 miles). I wanted to get my mileage up to 50 miles this week, so thought it would be appropriate to do this 50K loop near my home. It was the seventh time I have run this loop.
The rules for this loop is simple. You just need to cross on the north at a ridge above Reformation Canyon, and to the south at Soldiers Pass. You start the loop at the northwest corner and go clockwise. I've done counter-clockwise before, but it seems tougher. You want to pass through the east side at least by 8 a.m. to avoid shooters who may be camping nearby and after breakfast it seems like they start shooting at everything that moves.
The elevation gain is about 3,000 feet along the loop. There are some fairly technical sections on the east side as it rolls up and down along some rocky 4WD roads. The west side is easier, just a long flat dirt road in Cedar Valley.
I got up very, very early and was out of the house around 1:30 a.m. I first drove down to mile 16.4 of the loop to drop off some Ensure, Gatoraid,and candy. I was amused to discover that the water jug and garbage I left there back on July 2, was still there, undisturbed. I'll need to go retrieve everything later.
I next drove to the starting point, on the northwest corner of the loop, made final preparations and was on my way about 2:45 a.m. The temperature at the start was 23 degrees, colder than expected, but I also realized that the start location traps cold air and is probably the coldest point of the course. Sure enough within five minutes of running, I stripped off my jacket and changed my heavy gloves to lighter ones. That was much better. My starting pace was quick. My goal was to finish in under 5:29. I knew this would be very challenging doing a solo run, because I wouldn't have anyone to race against. I usually get lazy running solo. But so far, so good. My legs felt great and I think the treadmill run yesterday helped wake them up.
It was pretty dark, no moon, just a glow over the hills from the populated valley. the first 2.7 miles is a steady climb. I arrived at the ridge over Reformation Canyon (mile 2.7) at 0:27. Not bad. I now had a stunning view of northern Utah country. The lights are incredible. I now had a nice fast run down the small canyon and then ran on an access road next to the Church welfare farm until I reached the power lines. From there I turned south, started climbing again, and ran past the explosives plant. Running by that place always gives me the willies. I crossed Lott Canyon Rd (mile 5.1) at 0:51. Still a great pace.
From there the powerline road rolls up and down. But the views off the the left are amazing. The lights of Provo/Orem are an amazing show to see across the lake. I love running in the foothills of Lake Mountain before sunrise. I crossed Israel Canyon road (mile 6.5) at 1:05.
From that point, I lost a little focus, lost my racing speed and ran a little lazy. But I sure was enjoying the early morning. The road weaves around drainages and eventually makes a long climb. There are many side roads that can make the route confusing, but you just stay close to the powerlines, usually to the east of them. I reached the high point of the course, Enoch Pass (mile 11.3) at 2:05. I believe that was about the same split time as my PR. I was losing steam.
Next up is my favorite long section of the course, a nice five mile downhill to the low-point of the course. As I started the downhill, I saw some specks reflecting in my green light. Snow! The cold front was arriving. Thankfully the wind wasn't a problem. The snow started as flurries, but would later come down a little harder. It was fun to shine my lights up to the powerlines and see all the snowflakes reflecting in my light.
I arrived at Redwood Road (mile 16.4) at 2:59. I knew that I was a little behind schedule. I had not run that downhill hard enough. At this point, I stopped the watch and took about ten minutes at my aid station, eating and refilling. I would turn out my light as a couple cars drove by. I didn't want them to freak out seeing a dude sitting my the side of the road out in the middle of no where.
On my way again, I ran on the Redwood Road pavement for about a mile until I reached the dirt road to take me to Soldiers Pass. This would be the last tough climb. I knew my PR goal could be won or lost on this climb. I was determined to run the entire way up at a fast pace. I mostly suceeded. I was able to turn out my light after a mile because the glow of dawn had arrived. I reached Soldiers Pass (mile 20.5) at 3:48. Darn, I knew I was about ten minutes late.
I ran down the other side of the pass and had fun widing my way through a little valley the includes a fun single-track motorcycle trail. I reached Lake Mt. Road (mile 23.1) at 4:15. I had wanted to arrive there at 4:00, so was disappointed. I now had eight miles to go in under 1:29. This still could be done, but I knew I had to run about 11-minute miles the rest of the way along a mentally tough flat, straight dirt road.
I had a good pace going. I finally noticed the road was white, not brown. Snow. The clouds were low as the snow fell and I couldn't even see the mountain I was running around. As I continued the snow gradually got deeper, a quarter inch. That was nice. It made the road even softer. But once it reached about a half inch, the footting became more challenging as my feet would slip on rocks hidden my the snow. Up ahead I noticed a small deer in the road watching me. It eventually pranced away and headed up into the foothills.
I started to lose motivation. With about four miles to go, I could see that my pace was falling off, probably 13-minute miles. With three miles to go, I gave up the goal. Running solo, it was just too mentally tough to push myself on this grinding section. So, I backed off, found a comfortable finishing pace and just enjoyed the morning run in the snow.
I finished my 50k in 5:41, 12 minutes off my goal. The finishing temperature was 32 degrees. Still, that was the fasted I had run this loop solo. I average 11-minute miles over the entire tough course. It had been a wounderful morning run. I arrived home by 9:30 a.m.
Start |
|
|
Reformation Ridge |
2.7 |
0:27 |
Lott Canyon Rd |
5.1 |
0:51 |
Israel Canyon Rd |
6.5 |
1:05 |
Enoch Pass |
11.3 |
2:05 |
Redwood Road |
16.4 |
2:59 |
Soldiers Pass |
20.5 |
3:48 |
Lake Mt Rd |
23.1 |
4:15 |
Finish |
31.0 |
5:41 |
|
La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 31.00 |
| |
| | The quads were a little sore from Saturday's run so I took the morning off. Looking at the rest of the year, if I want to beat last year's PR for mile, 3,148, I'll need to average 70-mile weeks the rest of the year. I'm ahead of last year's miles at this point, but it isn't going to happen. What was I thinking last December running 400 miles? | |
| |
I was lazy again this morning and slept in. What a slacker.
I'm discouraged that my La Sportiva Wildcats are already shot after 200 miles. They are so nice to run in but just don't last. The heels get soft and they cause me to over pronate. So, I ordered the next model up that they claim is more durable. That got me thinking about shoe weight. So, I decided to get the food scale out and weigh my shoes. It was very revealing
Mitzuno Wave Elixer (road shoes) 10.1 oz.
La Sportiva Fireblade 12.7 oz
La Sportiva Wildcat 12.9 oz
Montrail Wildwood 13.1 oz
Vasque Velocity 13.6 oz
La Sportiva Imogene 13.5 oz.
Vasque Velocity XCR 16.3 oz.
I was surprised that the Fireblades are not much lighter than Wildcats. Karl Melzer runs in Fireblades and told me the Wildcats feel like boots to him. But they are almost the same weight.
I was also surprised to discover the Vasque Velocity were so heavy. I've run most of my 100s in them. I actually ran Plain 100 in those heavy Goretex XCR's. Wow. I didn't realized how heavy they are.
So, I ordered La Sportiva Imogene to try and will test them out in the Grand Canyon on Saturday. If they work out, I sure hope they last more than 200 miles.
| |
| | Wimped out and did the treadmill again. I wanted to get some tough hills in to send a signal to my legs that they will be climbing on Saturday. I ran on the treadmill at 21% incline at 13:00-minute pace, holding on to the front. I did a few tough spurts not holding on to get the quads burning. My workout was almost 90 minutes. The machine said I climbed 7,000 feet. But it felt more like 2,500-3,000. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| |
Alarm went off, but I turned it off and slept. Thats OK. Found an amazing ultra results database that captures about 80% of the races I've finished: http://realendurance.com/AllTimeList-test.php?a=C518
I also see that for 2009, I'm tied for 3rd place in the world for most 100s finished during 2009. The most is Dan Brendan who I alway see. He has finished 11. Mike Smith has finished 8. And there are 5 of us who have finished 7.
I'm listed in 54th for the career finishes. Hans-Dieter is at the top of the list of course. Monica Scholz is second and I hear she is planning on trying to finish 30 100s next year. | |
| Race: |
Grand Canyon Rim-to-rim-to-rim (48 Miles) 13:00:00 | |
I had great fun guiding three others on a Grand Canyon double crossing (R2R2R). I’ve completed the full GC double-cross 11 times previously using various trailheads. (Another time I stopped short of the other rim during a 78-mile adventure run). For this adventure, we would start at the North Rim and cross over to the South Rim using Bright Angel Trail and then turn around and come back, about 48 miles.
Coming along with me was my brother Bob, (who did a 19-hour double-cross with me 2005), brother-in-law Ed, and running buddy Jon. Ed and Jon were both Grand Canyon rookies.
Ed is in great shape and has gone to triathlon nationals several times, almost qualifying for world this year. Jon is a local-elite marathon runner, finishing 6th this year at Top of Utah. He is now turning his attention to ultras, winning the Ogden Valley 50 a couple of weeks ago. Bob has finished about seven ultras including some 50-milers.
We spent the night at Jacobs Lake and headed down the North Kaibab trailhead at about 4:40 a.m. in the dark. Immediately, I was in my element. I just love pounding down steep trails in the dark. I took the lead and quickly put some big distance on the others. I let out some whoops that echoed off the canyon walls. My legs were feeling stronger than they ever have coming down this trail. At times I really pushed the speed.
I reached Supai Tunnel (mile 2) in about 16 minutes, which is the fastest I had ever run that section. The others arrived within about five minutes and we stashed some warm clothes to be used in the evening on the return chilly final climb. We had descended about 2,000 feet already and the temperature was now comfortable, around 40 degrees.
I continued to blast down the trail with Bob following closely behind. The next section is a bunch of switch-backs carved into the steep slope of Roaring Spring Canyon. With the moonless light, we couldn’t even see the canyon wall on the other side.
We stopped at the bridge over Roaring Canyon to take some pictures. On our way again, I pointed out the steep drop-offs on the side to watch out for. At one point when I was about a quarter-mile ahead, I looked back up and was amazed at the sight. I could see the three others with their lights illuminating the steep trail carved into the side of a cliff. Wow, it was incredible to see. I waited for the others at our first major stop, at the Roaring Springs ranger cabin. If I cut out my stops to wait, I reached there in only 55 minutes, by far the fastest that I had ever reached this point.
The water was on in the front yard of the cabin, so we filled up. There would be no more water until Phantom Ranch. I stashed the water filter we brought to use if the water was off here. We were now finished with steep downhills and I knew Jon would kick his fast legs into gear on the more gentle downhill over the next 7.1 miles. Sure enough, he started to cruise. I worked hard to keep up with him and we left Bob and Ed behind. Everyone was having a blast as we ran very hard along Bright Angel Creek. We could see the lights of the South Rim high up in the sky far away. “That is where we are headed,” I announced. I was pleased to see that they had put in a new bridge through the beaver pond area so there would be no need to get our feet wet.
Before entering “The Box” (a slot canyon that leads 4 miles to Phantom Ranch), we waited for the others to catch up. Ed was complaining about cramps in his legs and talking about turning back soon. We had him take more electrolytes and within 15 minutes he was running fast again. The light of dawn arrived with just a mile to go before the Ranch. At a moment when I was doing too much sight-seeing, I tripped and down I went. I had a nice bloody elbow, but was able to pick myself up and get going again before Bob caught up. Soon we came into Phantom Ranch. My run time (not counting stops) to Phantom Ranch was 2:15. We filled up our bottles in front of the Canteen and could see the tourists eating a wonderful breakfast inside.
After a long break we were on our way again. The guys wanted to stash more of their stuff so I encouraged them to do it further away from Phantom Ranch. I wish I would have paid more attention to what they were leaving behind (more on that later.)
We crossed over the Colorado River on the Silver Bridge. The guys got a great kick out of running over that powerful river. We ran about a mile on the River Trail and then turned the corner into Pipe Canyon to start the huge climb up to the South Rim. Once we arrived at the base of Devil’s Corkscrew, a series of steep switch-backs, Ed and Jon teamed up and took the lead, chatting away. We were now passing many backpackers moving slowly up the trail and a few day hikers coming down. We would crank up the pace when we came near others.
We reached Indian Garden, a beautiful green camping area at about 9:30 a.m. Jon wasn’t shy about telling others about what we were doing. It was fun to see their reactions and tell them about our adventure. We again took a pretty long stop and unfortunately a mule train took off ahead of us. Once on our way again, within a mile we caught up with the mules and were allowed to pass. Then we had the task of keeping ahead of them. Jon and Ed pushed on strongly ahead. I fell behind taking pictures and audio (all my audio was lost because of a busted recorder). Bob fell far behind but when I stopped for several minutes to fix a foot problem, I could see him below making good progress. We kept a steady pace going up the very steep switch-backs and ran into more and more people coming down. I watched a family climbing off the trail to play with some icicles hanging off a cliff.
Jon and Ed arrived at the top of the South Rim at about 11:00 a.m. I arrived about 10 minutes later followed by Bob in another five minutes. We all found our way to Bright Angel Lodge and a nice warm fire in the lobby. We chowed down on hot dogs, candy and soft-drinks. Bob was feeling pretty thrashed, with a nauseous stomach. We had a very long rest and talked to some French Canadians around the fire.
Finally, after a 50-minute stop, feeling much better we started our return trip back to the North Rim. I fell behind taking pictures but soon kicked it into gear, catching up and passing the guys. I was really flying down the trail. So fast, that a man sitting, taking a rest, chewed me out for running, that I was endangering others. I assured him that I would be very careful around the hikers, but he was not happy at all seeing us run. I made it a special point the rest of the way to greet every hiker with smiles and encouragement. Almost everyone else was happy to see us and watch us go. Jon caught up and we enjoyed pushing the pace together. I started to have some bad blister problems so Jon pushed on ahead and arrived at Indian Garden a few minutes ahead of me. We made it there in under an hour. Ed arrived and wanted to get a head start on us. Jon decided to fix a foot and wait for Bob. I ran on, caught up with Ed, but once at Devil’s Corkscrew worried about Jon and Bob behind so decided to wait for them to catch up. I ended up waiting for about twenty minutes before I could see them up on top of a ridge, making their way down. Looking at my watch, I knew we were seriously behind schedule and now had no hope to finish before sunset as we planned.
Jon caught up with me in Pipe Canyon while I was playing around, taking pictures. I told him to go on and I waited for Bob at the River Trail junction. Bob soon arrived and was doing fine, just slowing down. We made our way along the river, again ran over Silver Bridge and approached Phantom Ranch. Jon and Ed were at the ranger station. They announced that the stuff we stashed was gone. In the lost stuff was all their lights and they were very worried. But the ranger located a maintenance guy who radioed that he had the stuff and would get it for us. We were relieved but I lectured the guys that they should never stash all their lights or emergency gear on adventure runs. You never know what can happen. It was a great lesson learned.
Bob and I went to the Canteen while Jon and Ed went to get the stuff. It was a little after 2:30 p.m. I bought us some wonderful lemonade, the best I had ever tasted (or it seemed) and we waited and waited. I guessed right, that the maintenance guy was taking his time. I finally told Bob to go on ahead, that we would all catch up. The delay was very worrisome because I knew now we would finish several hours after sunset. With a cold front coming in, the cold temperatures were my biggest worry about getting these guys out of the canyon.
Finally Ed and Jon returned. The maintenance guy really chewed them out and even hesitated to give them back their stuff. I guess the rim-to-rim runners always leave stuff around Phantom Ranch causing him more work. They also leave trash in the restrooms. Not good. I can understand why he was cranky. Runners need to do much better to not disturb Phantom Ranch and not leave behind trash. If you want to leave stuff at the bottom for the return trip, don’t stash it at Phantom Ranch.
On our way again, we caught up with Bob in about a mile or so. He was moving at a good 4 mph pace. He no longer had a running gear but was power hiking at a good pace. We discussed what we should do to help him and decided that one of us should stick with him. Ed was also hurting so for the next six miles he stayed with Bob. I predicted that we probably wouldn’t finish until 9 p.m. If it would get very cold, I planned to run hard ahead and bring back down our warm clothes stashed at Supai Tunnel.
Jon and I fell behind just enjoying the late afternoon, taking pictures and looking at all the sights. As the sun set, the canyon glowed and was beautiful. The tops of the rims, still glowing in the sun threw down light on the canyon below. As we fell behind further, we would kick up the pace, run hard and catch up.
As we approached Ribbon Falls, Bob and Ed started the tough up and down at that point. I decided to instead stay at river level. This required me to wade Bright Angel Creek, and do some route finding until I found the main trail that goes to Ribbon Falls. I continued up stream and crossed back over on the Ribbon Falls bridge, joining back up with Bob and Ed. I avoided the big climb and descent. Bob and Ed had watched my progress high above me.
For long periods, I couldn’t see Jon behind and when he later caught up, I noticed blood on this chin. He told me he had rolled off the trail and fell down a four-foot drop. I was glad to hear he wasn’t seriously hurt.
It got dark right before Roaring Spring cabin, but I managed to make it there without getting out my light. This would be our last water stop. The water filter I stashed here was gone. I went to the cabin and found a large group of backpackers getting ready to stay the night. One of them remembered seeing my stuff hanging up from a tree and he pointed it out to me.
On our way again, we only had about 4,000 feet more feet to climb in about six miles. I told myself that this was just about like a Mount Timpanogos climb, no sweat. Ed and I started attacking the climb. I was thrilled to discover that I still had a very strong uphill gear and could even run pretty fast up the trail if I wanted. But once I reached the Roaring Spring trail junction, I felt guilty about being ahead of the others so stopped to wait. Ed caught up and I explained I would wait for Bob. When Bob arrived about five minutes later, he assured me he was doing great. Jon was with him so I decided to just press on hard and stay warm. I could see some other lights high up ahead and wondered if I could catch up with them. I soon caught up with Ed and he wished me well as I passed.
The rest of the run was a lots of fun. Usually it is a death march, but I was thrilled to find plenty of energy in the tank. I pushed higher and higher. I enjoyed flashing my light down below at the others making their way slower down in the darkness. It soon became very cold. I arrived at Supai Tunnel (two miles to go), and found our stuff undisturbed. I put on a warm coat and hat and was ready for the final 2,000 foot climb in two miles. It had only taken me 16 minutes to get down to this point in the morning but I knew it would take about 40 minutes to make it back up.
I soon caught up to the lights that were ahead. It was an older couple who had gone clear to the river and were returning. They were very tired but were still moving fine. I asked if they were warm and if they needed anything. They talked to each other and assured me that they would be fine. I pushed on. Since this was the 13th time I had made this climb, I knew every turn. But I was surprised when I quickly came to the last switchback. I was on the home stretch!!
I finished my 12th complete R2R2R at 8:42 p.m. I quickly turned on the car to make sure it was nice and warm when the others arrived. They reached the rim at 9:00 p.m., all cold, but doing well. We made it! Our adventure had taken about 16:20. My running time was probably close to 13 hours. We were all in great spirits, but pretty tired. I drove us to Kanab, where we grabbed a room, and got some good sleep before driving home the next morning.
Slide show will be uploaded to YouTube on Tuesday. |
La Sportive Wildcat - Yellow Miles: 48.00 |
| |
| | Well, believe it or not, I'm planning on returning to the Grand Canyon again this weekend. This time I plan to do an 83-mile double crossing - North Kaibab to Grandview TH and back. If things sour, I can hitch a ride to S Kaibab and do a normal return from there, cutting out about 20 miles. I'm picking up a Sat phone today for safety. I've accomplished this double crossing before. It took me 34:07. I believe I can significantly improve on that time. The challenge is that there is a 17-mile stretch without water, so you have to carry a bunch which slows you down. Also, the Tonto Trail along that stretch isn't traveled as much as the section down river, so it is hard to run fast because of route-finding. Should be fun. The quads are still just a little sore, but should be fine. There are always backpackers in the area Thanksgiving weekend, so I will see a few humans, but it will have plenty of solitude. | |
| Race: |
Grand Canyon extended R2R2R (83 Miles) 33:58:01 | |
Davy on the Tonto Trail near Grapevine Canyon
Note: I will be producing a video/slide show of this adventure later this week. Please check back.
The spectacular beauty of the Grand Canyon called me back. With the long Thanksgiving weekend, I decided to again do an extended double crossing (R2R2R) in a non-traditional way. I would descend down the North Kaibab, from the North Rim, but instead of going up the South Rim using the usual trails, I would run 20 miles upriver along the primitive Tonto Trail and ascend up the unmaintained Grandview Trail to the South Rim. Then I would head back the same way. The total distance would be about 83 miles. I had accomplished this double crossing back in October 2007 and knew it was a very tough challenge. If you look at the hiking guides and total up the recommended time to take for all these segments, it should be a ten-day adventure. I hoped to accomplish it in about 28 hours. Last time it took me 34:07 with plenty of sight-seeing along the way.
The risks are high for a solo adventure like this but I tried to take some reasonable precautions. The weather would be cool about 35-45 degrees for most of the adventure. This double-crossing would require obtaining water in two springs (in addition to faucets at Roaring Spring and Phantom Ranch), and I would have to carry all of my food. I wore a waist pack and a 10-pound pack with all my food and electronics. Adding on water and I would be carrying quite a bit of weight.
Included in the pack would be some emergency items: A satellite phone and a Spot tracking device. Friends would be able to track my progress online throughout the adventure. I would take food/powder/gel enough to intake about 6,000 calories. My food sources would be: three burittos, two Hot Pockets, lots of Instant Breakfast, Hammer Gel, and Resses cups. I did bring more water containers than usual. Three water bottles and a 2-liter camel back. There would be a 17-mile stretch without any water sources. The number of electronics I brought was silly; Camera, MP3, GPS, mini recorder, satellite phone, and Spot Tracker.
I worry that some unprepared readers may want to attempt this route too. This adventure requires rugged 100-mile ultra-level fitness and advanced experience in the Grand Canyon. Timing is critical. I would never attempt a long run on the Tonto trail in the heat. Springs and creeks need to be flowing. November would be the safest time. Attempting it in May-August would be foolish and deadly.
After eating a wonderful Thankgiving dinner with extended family, I headed down toward the North Rim. The Spot device worked great. My wife was able to track me as I drove. When I called at Kanab, she already knew where I was.
I started my run a little after 11:00 p.m. It was a frigid 18 degrees at the trailhead. It had only been five days since I complete my last R2R2R. My quads were still a little sore, but loosened up fast. However, all the weight I was carrying could be felt right away and slowed my pace down. There was a half-moon in the sky and it cast a nice eerie glow on the cliffs above as I descended quickly. I stopped several times on the way down to make adjustments with my gear. I really enjoy running down into the canyon during the night. There was no one on the trail.
I reached Phantom Ranch (mile 14), at the bottom of the Canyon, at 2:14 a.m. There wasn’t anyone around. I filled up all my water containers, preparing for no more water until Grapevine Spring, 17 miles and 7 hours away.
I ran along the Colorado River, crossed over Black Bridge and then started the steep climb up South Kaibab trail. My legs really appreciated the uphill after the long downhill run into the canyon. Before I knew it, I was at the “Tip off” (mile 16.7) where the Tonto Trail crosses the South Kaibab trail, 1,500 feet above the Colorado River. I arrived there at 3:42 a.m. Looking up, I could not see anyone’s lights coming down South Kaibab Trail yet. I was all alone.
Huge trail markers
I now left “civilization.” I started to run on the East Tonto Trail. The Tonto Trail is the longest continuous stretch of trail in the Grand Canyon. It runs some 70 miles or more from its eastern terminus at the Red Canyon/New Hance Trail to its western terminus at Elves Chasm near the Royal Arch Route. I’ve run on about 45 miles of this trail. This unmaintained trail is at times difficult to see, just a trail worn my occasional backpackers. It rolls up and down and in and out of numerous side canyons. The East Tonto Trail is more rugged then West Tonto Trail and has more prickly brush to contend with. This year I came prepared. I wore long tights and long sleeves. By the time I completed my run on this trail, my shirt and pants would be snagged all over. They really protected my skin and made it possible for me to ignore the prickly branches reaching out for me. The trail is never straight as it weaves through all the brush.
I reached Cremation Canyon (mile 19.3) at about 4:30 a.m. In this canyon, the trail is very rugged and challenging because instead of over going around, it dives nearly straight down and up three drainages, each several hundred feet deep.
As I ran through this area, I thought about several people who had lost their lives here. In particular, I thought about a Marathon runner, Margret Bradley. This 24-year-old University of Chicago medical student attempted a 27-mile run down Grandview Trail, across Tonto Trail, and up South Kaibab. A few months earlier Bradley had run the Boston Marathon in 3:04:54. She was ill-prepared and attempted it on July 9, 2004, in the heat of the summer. She only took with her two water bottles, some fruit, and three protein bars. Temperatures in the Cremation Creek Drainage likely reached 120 degrees. Halfway into the run, she and her companion, Brian, ran low on water and decided to separate. Brian stayed in some shade and Margaret went on to get help. Apparently when she reached Cremation Creek, she decided to hike down the drainage toward the river instead continuing up the trail just a couple more miles to South Kaibab. After 14 hours, Brian made it out of the canyon, but Margaret, far off the trail was found dead two days later.
My next destination would be Lonetree Canyon (mile 22.3). As the trail climbs back up onto the Tonto Plateau, it fades because the ground is harder. I knew this section would be a navigation challenge so instead of getting frustrated, I made it into a fun challenge. It required good concentration. At the speed I was trying to run, it couldn’t be avoided, I lost the trail 2-3 times. I had my GPS running and before the run had marked many waypoints for just this reason. Each time, using my GPS, I would find the trail again within 2-3 minutes. Even though it was still dark, I didn’t stress out about it. However, without the GPS in the dark, this would have been a major challenge.
I reached Lonetree Canyon (mile 22.3) at 5:49 a.m. I saw a tent set up and did my best to stay quiet, but I could hear someone stirring inside, probably wondering what some guy with a green light was doing running by during the night out in such a remote area.
I next wanted to reach Boulder Creek (mile 25.3) before light and almost made it. I reached there at 6:50 a.m. Gee, my first marathon today was taking over 7 hours. It felt like I was going very fast, but with all the zig-zagging, steep climbs, and stops to adjust things, the time ticked away. I doubt the published distance for the Tonto Trail. It seems much further. GPSes lose signals and can’t measure it right. The weaving around brush certainly adds miles.
The Grand Canyon, the wonder of the world, came to life! The dawn arrived and my eyes were treated with a scene very few people have experienced. In the depths of this massive canyon, I was able to watch the effects of the sunrise.
My pace slowed even more as I had to stop over and over again to take pictures. It was spectacular to watch the effects of the morning sunlight reflect off of the cliffs all around me from the Tonto Trail. I was filled with feelings of gratitude, knowing that I was experiencing something very rare.
I eventually reached Grapevine Creek (mile 31) at about 8:45 a.m. I took a very long break there to fix hot spots on a foot and to call home. It gave me a very comforting feeling to hear my wife’s voice on the other end of the Satellite phone. I knew that I now was in a very remote area. On the trail again, I soon arrived at Grapevine Spring. During the past seven hours I had only drank three liters because of the chilly temperatures in the 30s. I was always warm if moving, but not dressed too warm. I still had a jacket wrapped around my waist.
The next 5.5 miles were very runnable, much less rugged. I was able to find a nice pace but still delayed because of the beauty to look at. I decided that it was more important to try to capture the wonder of this adventure. That was more important than finding speed.
When I reached Cottonwood Creek (mile 36.5), I ran into the first humans on the trail. I would now see many backpackers and hikers during my climb up to the South Rim. Some would ask me where I was coming from. I would try to explain but would just get blank expressions back. They had no idea where the North Rim was. One guy looked across the canyon and asked, “How did you get across the river?” I pointed far away from where he was looking and explained I used the bridge near Phantom Ranch. “So you ran all the way here on the Tonto Trail?” “Yes, I started at the North Rim a little before midnight.” I should have recorded these conversations because they were pretty funny.
I next attacked the Grandview Trail, 3,700 more feet to climb to reach the South Rim. The Grandview Trail was originally constructed by a prospector by the name of Peter Berry. Berry operated a copper mine called the “Last Chance Mine” at the end of the trail, out on Horseshoe Mesa starting in 1890. The cost of packing ore to the rim, then shipping it to be refined, doomed the operation. Berry and his partners sold the mine in 1901. Berry used some of the profits from the mine to build the Grandview Hotel in 1897 out on Grandview Point. He operated this for some years and since it was the only lodging available in the area, it proved to be a very successful venture. That is until the Santa Fe Railroad extended its reach up into the Canyon which sparked construction of what is now Grand Canyon Village.
The trail was much steeper than I remembered. There were long sections without switchbacks that reminded me of climbing up Jacobs Ladder to Lone Peak in Utah. Up on Horseshoe Mesa, I visited the Last Chance Mine (gated) and then continued the very tough push to the top. Some of the cobble stone, now over 100 years old was still in place. I became discouraged at my pace, but I was still climbing faster than the hikers and backpackers.
I finally reached the top of the South Rim, Grandview Point (mile 41.6) at 1:40 p.m. I had hoped to arrive by noon. The viewing area was filled with tourists. I knew that I probably looked like a mess, and smelled terrible, so I kept to myself. One family asked me to take their picture. I knew that I could at this point take a slacker’s choice and hitch a ride to South Kaibab trailhead to cut out 25 miles from my return journey. But I pushed those thoughts from my head.
After a short rest I was on my way again. I received many puzzled looks from hikers who had seen me before as I was going up. “How many times are you going up and down?” I tried to explain that I was running back to the North Rim. I would usually leave by saying that my run would be 83 miles. I knew that would give them something interesting to talk about. I realized that I was probably the only person ever to do this, and this was the second time I would accomplish this.
Once I returned to Cottonwood Creek (mile 46.7) at 3:30 p.m. I knew there was no turning back. I now had really no other choice but to continue on back to my car, parked at the North Rim. The afternoon was a little warmer, but not much. However, I was going through my water at a much faster pace. By the time I reached the creek, I was nearly empty. I filled back up at the creek.
I decided there would be no more time spent on photo shoots and audio recordings. I needed to shift my attention to my pace. I saw my last humans on the trail a couple miles later as the trail swings out above the Colorado River. The young backpacking couple was surprised to see me and asked where I was headed. I explained and they were all smiles as they wished me luck.
I bypassed Grapevine Spring because I still had plenty of water and returned back to Grapevine Creek (mile 52.2) at about 5:15 p.m. On the trail there, I found my warm hat sitting undisturbed right in the middle of the trail that I had lost it on my outbound trip. It was evidence that no humans were in the area during the day. I was glad I found it because it was starting to get chilly. I called my wife again from the exact spot that I had called her in the morning. That day sure went by fast.
The next six hours (and 15 miles) running in the dark on the Tonto Trail were pretty uneventful and lonely. I didn’t see any tents along the way. I was alone. When the trail was distinct, it was rugged. In many places, it was very feint. It required intense concentration to follow the boot prints winding around the brush. I was proud of myself, because I was getting very good at it, better than the early morning before. However, as I became drowsy, my concentration declined and near Cremation Creek, I had to use the GPS several times in order to get back on the trail.
It had now been nearly 40 hours within any sleep. I didn’t have any bad hallucinations, but my mind started to get mushy and I started to sleep dream as I ran along. This was a very strange experience. I was awake, but my mind was going to sleep. As I was going down a very steep section into Cremation Creek, I had some sort of dream where I became upset because someone I knew had purposely constructed this trail without switchbacks just to torment me. Eventually, I fully woke up again and it felt like waking up from a dream. I laughed at myself and tried hard to remember the dream, but as with a real dream, it quickly faded. This happened to me several times and I had to keep laughing at myself because of the silly dream-like thoughts coming into my head.
I really struggled on the ups and down through Cremation Canyon, losing the trail despite the numerous trail markers in the area. I could see high up in the darkness to my left, lights of hikers coming down into the canyon. They would flash their lights toward me and I would flash back.
I finally reached South Kaibab trail (mile 66.5), at the “Tip Off”, at 11:18 p.m. It felt good to be off the Tonto Trail and back to “civilization.” My pace was discouraging, but I really had no idea how many miles I had traveled. The steep decent on the switchbacks to the river were very tough. My feet were becoming very sore and I started to stumble because of lack of sleep. I had no other choice but to take rests along the way. I didn’t want to sleepwalk off a cliff.
I finally returned to Phantom Ranch (mile 69.2) at about 12:20 a.m. I had wanted to get back by midnight, so I did pretty well. All was quiet again as the tourists were asleep for the night. Oh, how I wished for sleep! I pulled out my remaining food to stuff in my pockets, filled my bottles, and rested my feet. After a long stop I was on the way. This would be my 14th tough climb up this trail. I knew what to expect and tried hard not to think about the 14 miles ahead.
I now really struggled with drowsiness. I recalled how last weekend, buddy Jon had rolled off the trail down four feet. As I started to stumble around, I shined my light down off the trail to the creek below and decided it would be very stupid to fall off because I was sleeping. I found a nice smooth place on the side of the trail and lay down. It felt wonderful. As I was drifting off to sleep, it happened again, just like at Javelina 100 last month! Four hikers arrived and woke me up, concerned that I was having problems. I assured them that I was just resting. I was too tired to try to explain that I had been awake for 41 hours and had run over 70 miles.
Now fully awake again, I decided to jump up and get moving again. These fast-paced hikers would give me something to chase. They had a great pace and I kept their lights in my sights for several miles. It turned out that they had been camping up ahead at Cottonwood Campground. I suspect that they did a two-day R2R2R with a base camp at the campground. I took a few more catnaps before arriving at the campground. I arrived there (mile 76.3) at 3:50 a.m. My watch showed 5:00 a.m. That really puzzled me. I concluded that I had actually slept a long time during one of my cat naps (On my way home, I discovered that actually with my head lying on my arm, I somehow made my watch jump in time).
I was supposed to call into a KSL radio outdoor program at 6:00 a.m. My Sat phone had a good signal, so I decided since it was after 5:00 (it wasn’t), I would just try to snooze at the campground for an hour and wait. The hikers came by me and invited me to return to the North Rim with them. That was nice, but I was too tired to explain about the radio call. I declined their invitation. But soon the Sat phone signal faded and I was getting chilled. Waiting would be stupid. I decided to get back to work and start the grueling climb. As the canyon walls got higher, I knew there would be no hope in getting a signal to call the radio program, so I didn’t worry about it anymore.
The final six miles were tough and very slow. Everything started to hurt and I was so sleepy. I stopped to rest about a dozen times. At 7:00 a.m., I was very puzzled that it was still very dark. What was going on? This was very strange. (My watch was wrong). Finally the light came and day hikers started to come down. The first two had ultrarunning shirts on, but I didn’t want to stop their fast pace to talk. One knowledgeable hiker stopped me, asked where I came from. He understood immediately where Grandview was and just how far I had come. He was flabbergasted and offered me any help. I assured him that I was fine, just moving slowly.
Looking down toward the bridge over Roaring Spring Canyon
With daylight on the North Kaibab trail, I could peer down the steep cliffs. It boggled my mind and scared me. I hiked carefully, hugging the walls. Wow, last week I ran down this trail almost at full speed in the dark. That is crazy. If I could have seen what was off to the left, I would have slowed way down.
I finally reached Supai Tunnel (mile 81.2) with just two miles and 2,000 feet to go. That seems so very far, and I tried not to dwell upon it. With each 100 feet up, I would think, “That is now behind me, look how far up I am!” I noticed that I could beat my 34:07 PR for this route if I really pushed it hard. It was really painful, but I did it. I finished in 33:58 at 8:53 a.m.
Why was I so slow? Looking back, I realize that a Grandview R2R2R is about as difficult as a quad-crossing of the Grand Canyon. It felt like I had just finished a 100-mile race. Overall, there was about 19,000 feet of climbing over that 83+ miles. I did this without two nights of sleep. I saw two sunrises during my run.
Spot trackers from Boulder Creek to Grandview and back
Why did I torture myself like that? The reward was watching both a sunrise and a sunset down on the Tonto Trail deep in the canyon. I also greatly enjoyed the navigation challenge on the trail. Will do this route again? Unlikely. I’m getting old and this is tough. But this I do know, 100-mile races help me get in shape for the true reward, adventure runs like this.
How did hold up? I consumed about 5,000 of the 6,000 calories I carried. Not enough, but it got me through. My feet took a beating because of the extra pounds I carried. With all my gear, clothes, and water, I had about 200 pounds on my feet. But, no serious blisters resulted. My problem ankle acted up, but a day later feels OK. The big surprise is, that a day later my legs aren’t sore at all. The slow pace was kind on my muscles.
|
Montrail Wildwood Miles: 84.00 |
| |
| |
After eight straight days of no running and no exercize, I rolled off the couch, put down the remote, cleaned off the crumbs from my face, and then wimped out and hit the treadmill. 10 miles on the crazy hamster machine. Felt good and strong after four miles of warm up. Right knee still a little loose from the Grand Canyon runs, but I should be fine.
I finally finished reading "Born to Run." It was good, but I didn't think great. The author's writing style was a bother at times and I lost interest on some of the tangents. But I enjoyed the Leadville sections since I've run the race three times. I also ran in a race with Ann Trason, I think her last 50-miler. It was good to find out more about her. And I enjoyed reading about other people I've met. It is nice to have a good book about ultras. But I'm not convinced by the minimalist hype. I would wear the 5-fingers on the treadmill, but not really worth it because I have no intention of doing big miles this winter on the crazy machine.
Interesting that Micah True (Caballo Blanco) has been one of my facebook friends for some time. He also spoke at the JJ100 pre-race dinner which I missed. He certainly has stepped up his marketing and Internet use. The 2009 race down there sounds like it brought in lots of corn and money for the Tarahumara. I'd love to visit Copper Canyon but the drug violence down there is scary. I've read Barefoot Ted's stuff for years on the ultralist and been in some races with him.
Utah Lake is starting to freeze. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 10.00 |
| |
| | It was in the teens this morning with a stiff wind. I went to the clubhouse but couldn't get in. Looks like someone might have figured out that I was getting in at 4 a.m. The published opening time in 5 a.m. They never reset the lock times when the clocks change. Oh well, that only gives me more motivation to not use the treadmill. I did do six miles until I almost died of boredom. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 6.00 |
|
| |
Bitter cold today. It chased me indoors to the Lehi Legacy Center track which is a 1/8 mile indoor loop. I ran about 11 miles. Gee, that would be 88 loops. Instead of counting loops which is a total bore, I listened to podcasts from ESPN Radio. That worked well to kill the boredom. When I finally stopped near the end to change my podcast, a guy commented, "Finally you stopped! How many loops have you done?" I didn't know for sure, I told him I had been running for 90 minutes.
Ultrarunning Magazine published my article on the Pony Express Trail 100. Two pages! That should get our race some good attention this year. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/ponyexpress100.pdf |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 11.00 |
| |
| |
-2 Degrees today....much warmer than -6 yesterday.
11 boring treadmill miles
Noticed duck hunters out on frozen Utah Lake today. I'm still too chicken to go running out there. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 11.00 |
| |
| | Six on the treadmill. Planned to do more, but boredom shut me down. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 6.00 |
|
| |
Almost two hours running in circles as the Lehi Legacy Center....about 100 laps. Most people just do about 30 minutes there. One guy has noticed my long non-stop running and finally wanted to know more, so I tried to help him understand what ultras are all about.
I have a knee issue I'm trying to figure out, strange popping that reminds me of how it felt in '04 when I tore the meniscus in that knee. No pain or swelling yet. Will have to keep an eye on it. I think it is just a matter of time when that knee will need to be cleaned out again. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 12.00 |
|
| | Six treadmill miles. Yawn. If the temperature would go back down I would go run in the snow. Daughter Lauren getting married on Saturday, so lots of stuff going on. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 6.00 |
| |
| | Treadmill |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 5.00 |
|
| |
Hit the treadmill. The treadmill faces a view of frozen Utah Lake. The ice is calling me, but we need two solid weeks of below freezing.
My running interest is rather low right now, just other things more interesting right now to use me time. That's OK. This will be a really low mileage month. I need to hit the ski slopes soon.
The knee seems OK. I think the pounding in the Grand Canyon left it with some water/swelling in the knee. The popping is gone, but some pain when I start running. So I think it just got pounded more than usual with the extra weight of the pack I was wearing. Got to get my weight down. Holiday feasting has added five pounds. |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00 |
| |
| | |
Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00 |
|
| | |
Montrail Wildwood Miles: 7.00 |
|
| |
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 419.00 | Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 46.00 | La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 398.00 | Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 384.00 | Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 149.00 | La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 203.00 | La Sportive Wildcat - Yellow Miles: 48.00 | Montrail Wildwood Miles: 91.00 |
|
|
|
Debt Reduction Calculator |
|
New Kids on the Blog (need a welcome):
Lone Faithfuls (need a comment):
|